Home

Section- Introduction and General Information

image

Contents

1. 40 Section 06 Page 2 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 06 Inspection Test and Availability All materials furnished and all work performed under this Contract shall be inspected and tested Deliverables shall not be shipped until all required inspections and tests have been completed and all deficiencies have been corrected to comply with this Specification and approved for shipment by the Employer Except where otherwise specified the Contractor shall provide all manpower and materials for tests including testing facilities logistics power and instrumentation and replacement of damaged parts The costs shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be deemed to be included in the contract price The entire cost of testing for factory amp site acceptance routine tests production tests and other test during manufacture amp site activities specified herein shall be treated as included in the quoted unit price of materials except for the expenses of Inspector Employer s representative Acceptance or waiver of tests shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility to furnish material in accordance with the specifications All tests sha
2. 7 6 3 Type Testing te a ee 7 6 3 1 Type Test Samples 8 6 32 Listof a a 9 6 3 2 1 List of type test to be conducted on Telecom equipment 10 6 3 2 2 Type Testing of DCPS 15 6 3 2 3 Testing requirements of Battery 15 6 3 2 4 Type Tests for Optical Fibres 16 6 3 2 5 Type Tests for OPGW Cables 17 6 3 2 6 Type Teston OPGW Cable Fittings 21 6 3 2 7 Type Test on Vibration Damper 25 6 3 2 8 Type Tests for Splice Enclosures Joint Box 27 6 3 2 9 Type Tests for Fibre Optic Approach Cable 29 6 4 Factory Acceptance Tests 29 6 4 1 Sampling for FAT 30 6 4 2 Production Testing 31 6 4 3 FAT of Communication Equipments 31 GAA
3. 2 9 1 1 Reporting Period 2 9 1 2 Progress Meetings 2 9 1 3 Transmittals 2 9 1 4 Quality Assurance 3 9 1 4 1 General 3 9 1 4 2 Quality Assurance System and Requirements 3 9 1 4 3 Variance Reporting and Processing 4 9 1 4 4 Additional Quality Assurance Requirements 6 9 1 5 Software Configuration Management 6 9 1 6 Document Review and Approval Rights 7 9 2 Project Schedule 7 9 2 1 Implementation Schedule 7 9 2 1 1 Contractor Activities 9 9 2 1 2 The Employer Activities
4. 7 4 2 Contractor s Maintenance Responsibility 7 5 Miscellaneous Supplies Section 07 Page 1 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 7 Training and Support Services This section describes the requirements for Contractor supplied training support services and maintenance of the FOTS Terminations equipments sub systems Network Management System DCPS amp Battery The intent of the training and support program is to ensure a smooth transfer of systems and technologies from the Contractor to the Employer Owner and to ensure that Employer Owner staff are fully trained to operate maintain and expand the integrated telecommunication network 7 1 Training The Contractor shall provide a comprehensive training program that prepares the Employer Owner s personnel for on site installation support operation and maintenance of the telecommunication network Training may be conducted by the Contractor the Contractor s subcontractors and or original equipment manufacturers OEMs The training requirements of this Specification shall apply to all such courses Training course
5. 7 1 4 Installation amp Maintenance Training of Communication Equipment amp DCPS 7 1 5 Network Management Training 7 1 6 Training Course Requirements 7 1 6 1 Class SiZe 7 1 6 2 Training Schedule 7 1 6 3 Manuals and Equipment 7 2 Support Services 7 2 1 Technical Support 7 2 2 Contractor s Future Hardware Software Changes 7 3 Spare Parts and Test Equipment 7 3 1 Mandatory Spare Parts 7 3 2 Recommended Spare Parts List 7 3 3 Test Equipment 7 4 System Maintenance 7 4 1 Warranty Period
6. 5 3 2 3 2 System Maintainability 6 3 2 3 3 System Upgradability and Expandability 6 3 2 3 4 Equipment Availability 6 3 2 4 General Equipment Characteristics 7 3 2 4 1 Revision Levels and Modifications 7 3 2 4 2 Equipment Capacities 8 3 2 4 3 Redundancy Requirements and Protection Schemes 8 3 2 4 4 Lost Signal Recovery 9 3 2 4 5 Software Upgrades 9 3 2 5 General Site Considerations 9 3 2 6 Proposed Optical Fiber Characteristics 9 3 2 7 Fibre Optic Link Lengths 10 3 3 Fibre Optic Transmission System 11 3 3 1 SDH Equipment
7. 11 3 3 1 1 Functional Requirement 11 3 3 1 2 Redundancy and Protection 12 3 3 1 3 Service Channel 12 3 3 1 4 Supervision and Alarms 12 3 3 1 5 Synchronisation 12 3 3 1 6 Electrical and Optical I O Characteristics and General Parameters 12 3 3 2 Optical Link Performance Requirements 13 3 3 2 1 Link Budget CalculationS 13 3 3 2 2 Link Performance n nn naan nn nnn nnn nnn nnnnnnennnannnennnnann 15 3 3 2 3 FODP to SDH Equipment 15 3 4 Termination Equipment Subsystem 15 3 4 1 Functional Description 15 3 4 2 First Order Primary Multiplexing 16 3 4 2 1 Drop amp Insert Primary Multiplexing 16 Section
8. 14 1 10 Applicable Standards 15 1 11 ReferenceS 15 Section 01 Page 1 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 01 INTRODUCTION and GENERAL INFORMATION This Volume II of the Tender Document describes the technical specifications for Communication System Package which includes overhead fibre optic cable OPGW associated communication equipment amp DC power supply for North Eastern Region These systems are being procured by the Employer Power Grid Corporation of India Limited as part of the Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication Systems in lieu of existing ULDC microwave links in North Eastern Region of India The intent of this project is to implement a fibre optic cable based communication network which will be implemented in lieu of existing microwave links as well as to provide additional capacity for catering present amp future requirements This Specification describes the functional and performance requirements of the system The purpose of this section of the specification is to provide general information about the packa
9. 22 3 7 2 TMN Architecture 22 3 7 3 Management Functions 23 3 7 3 1 Configuration Management 23 3 7 3 2 Fault Management 24 3 7 3 3 Performance Management 24 3 7 3 4 Security Management 25 3 8 Communication Channel Requirement and Integration 26 3 9 Craft Terminal 26 3 10 Hardware Requirements 27 3 10 1 Master Processor Server Workstation and Craft Terminal 27 3 10 2 Peripherals and hardware 27 3 10 3 Local Remote Operator Consoles 28 3 10 4 Power Supplies 28 3 11 General Software Firmware Requirements 28
10. 9 9 2 2 Documentation Schedule 9 9 2 3 Training Schedule 10 9 3 Progress Reporting 10 9 3 1 Monthly Progress Reports 10 9 3 2 Quarterly Progress Review Meetings 11 9 4 Implementation Plan 12 9 4 1 Implementation Steps 13 9 4 2 Implementation phases 13 9 5 Implementation Schedule 13 Section 9 Page 1 of 14 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 3 5 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 09 Project Management Schedule and Implementation Plan This section describes the project management schedule quality assurance and implementation plan requirements for the project 9 1 Project Management The Contra
11. Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 6 21 Fibre Optic Transmission system Installation Testing Power supply converter voltage measurements Muldem performance testing Craftsperson interface alarm and control functional performance Rack and Local alarms Network management interface and supervision performance Channel performance Safety and signalling earthing system Simulation of failure conditions and failover of protected components Table 6 23 NMS Installation Testing Physical inspection for conformance to drawings rack elevations and appearance of equipment and cabling Demonstration of proper operation of all hardware including workstations peripherals Section 06 Page 42 of 42 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 07 Training and Support Services Index 7 1 Training 7 1 1 System Design amp Overview Training 7 1 2 Supervision Maintenance and Installation Crew Training at Site 7 1 3 Fibre Optic cable Installation and Maintenance Training
12. S No Test equipment Parameter Test Equipments for OPGW cable OTDR Optical Time Domain Reflectometer for 1310 1550 nm with laser source Equivalent to Anritsu MW9076B1 or better Optical Attenuators variable Equivalent to JOSU OLASS or better 2 1310 1550nm 3 Optical Power meter 1310 1550nm with Equivalent to JOSU OLP55 or better Laser Source 4 Optical Talk set Equivalent to JOSU OTSS5S5 or better 5 Optical Fibre Fusion Splicer incl Fibre Equivalent to Sumitomo T 39 SE or better cleaver 6 Calibrated Fibre 7 Connectorization kit IFIS FI 0053 FC INST or equivalent 8 Splice kit FIS FI 0053 FF or equivalent Optical test accessory kit including all FIS FI 0053 TS ST or equivalent 9 necessary connectors adaptors cables terminations and other items required for testing B Test Equipments for Communication Equipments 1 SDH Analyser with Jitter and Wander Equivalent to Acterna JDSU MTS6000 or better Options 2 Handheld 2Mbps BER Tester Equivalent to Trend Communications model Tango El or better 3 Digital Multimeter Equivalent to Fluke287 or better 4 Ethernet Tester with dual port 10 100 Equivalent to Trend Unipro GbE or better ports Mbps Ethernet option layer 1 amp layer 2 functionality Note The testing capacity of SDH analyser shall be provided according to offered SDH equipment In case the offered make mod
13. 15 Provide all additional Equipment necessary to ensure compatibility between new and existing equipment 16 Implement all minor civil works and identify any major civil works i e expansion or construction of rooms trenches necessary for installation of proposed equipment and provide the details of such work to the Employer 17 Define source power requirements for each cabinet rack of equipment provided at each location 18 All hardware software and firmware required to satisfy the requirements of this Specification 19 Factory and site testing of all hardware software and firmware provided 20 Provide documented evidence of satisfactory Type Test performance to the Employer and if required by The Employer conduct type test 21 Provide a Quality Assurance Plan ensuring the Employer access to the manufacturing process 22 Shipment of all equipment and documentation to the Employer designated locations and or staging areas 23 Staging maintenance of staging area and security including full responsibility for protection from theft and fire 24 An availability analysis showing MTBF mean time between failure and MTTR mean time to repair figures for all system components 25 Hardware software and firmware maintenance debugging and support of the equipment Section 01 Page 10 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package unde
14. EIA 455 334 Cable Cut off EIA 455 170 wavelength Test 7 Temperature Cycling IEC60794 1 F1 EIA 455 3A 2 Test cycles End Of Table 6 3 2 9 1 Impact Test The Impact test shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 60794 1 E4 Five separate impacts of 2 0 kg shall be applied at different locations The radius of the intermediate piece shall be the reel drum radius 10 A permanent or temporary increase in optical attenuation value greater than 0 05 dB km shall constitute failure 6 4 Factory Acceptance Tests Factory acceptance tests shall be conducted on randomly selected final assemblies of all equipment to be supplied Factory acceptance testing shall be carried out on OPGW Cable and associated hardware amp fittings Approach Cable Joint Box FODP SDH Equipments associated line amp tributary cards Termination Equipments Drop Insert DACS associated Subscriber Line Interface Cards etc Network Management System radio equipment DCPS Battery etc and all other items for which price has been identified separately in the Bid Price Schedules Material shall not be shipped to the Employer until required factory tests are completed Section 06 Page 29 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region satisfactorily
15. Repeater A Appendix A Page 11 of 11 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 2 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region APPENDIX B BILL OF QUANTITIES Appendix B Page 1 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under j Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 1 BOQ for Overhead Optical Fibre Cabling D 56c a gt Sr No Item Description Unit 2 O 55 EE q ao e A OPGW cable amp Accessories 1 24 Fibre DWSM OPGW fibre optic cable Km 398 401 346 1145 Installation Hardware set for 24 Fibre OPGW 2 Fibre Optic cabling including all cable fittings amp Set km 398 401 346 1145 accessories except joint box 3 Joint box 24 Fibre No 133 134 115 382 Supervision of stringing of OPGW during Man installation on new transmission line days 9 l j a 5a Installation of OPGW Live Line Km 219 337 346 902 5b Installation of OPGW Off line Km 79 64 0 143 B FODP ae ie oe 2 2 FODP 96 F Indoor Type rack mounted with No 0 1 2 FCPC coupling and pig tails Cc Fibre Optic approach cable Appendix B Page 2 of 14 Power Grid Corporat
16. The Contractor shall provide a critical path analysis report and a manpower resource analysis report Other standard reports will be defined during the Work statement Within two weeks of contract signing the Contractor shall submit detailed project schedule as described below The project schedule shall include all tasks to track overall direction and integration of the project from inception through completion The Schedule Plan shall be developed utilizing the concept of Work Breakdown Structures No task shall be greater than 3 weeks in duration The implementation schedule shall include the project milestones defined in Volume I the Contractor activities and the Employer activities defined in this Section The project schedule shall be an accurate representation of the progress and planned activities of the project The actual progress made to date and the scheduled delivery date for the completed systems shall be closely monitored by both the Contractor and the Employer project managers The following information shall be reported to the Employer in a clear and concise manner using the tabular and graphic capabilities of the project management software a An overview and general assessment of all the Employer and Contractor activities and any progress or delays in these activities since the last reporting period b Identification of tasks in the critical path together with an analysis indicating any required remedial action c
17. j Summary of pending and upcoming Contractor and the Employer activities during the next two reporting periods along with required completion dates k Status of unresolved contract questions and change requests 1 Summary of variances m Log of invoice status n Description of current and anticipated project problems and steps to be taken to resolve each problem 9 3 2 Quarterly Progress Review Meetings Progress Review Meetings shall be scheduled by the project managers and attended by the Contractor and the Employer to review progress of the project Progress meetings shall be used to review the progress reports for the previous reporting periods written correspondence exchanged since the last meeting and open action items The Contractor shall also attend technical meetings as required to discuss technical aspects of the project and to review the Employer comments on approval documents When appropriate these splinter meetings shall be conducted as extensions to the progress meetings At least one half of all meetings shall be held at the Employer s offices Record the minutes of each meeting shall be prepared and provided as hard copies to all attendees on the same day whenever possible but not later than within two working days after the meeting Table 9 1 provides a suggested agenda for Progress Review Meetings Section 9 Page 11 of 14 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications fo
18. b Vibration Analysis The vibration analysis of the fibre optic cable shall be done with and without damper installed on the span The vibration analysis shall be done on a digital computer using energy balance approach The following parameters shall be taken into account for the purpose of analysis i The analysis shall be done for single fibre optic cable without armour rods The tension shall be taken as 25 of RTS of fibre optic cable for a span ranging from 100 m to 1100 m ii The self damping factor and flexural stiffness ED for fibre optic cable shall be calculated on the basis of experimental results The details to experimental analysis with these data shall be furnished Section 06 Page 25 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region iiiThe power dissipation curve obtained from Damper Characteristics Test shall beused for analysis with damper iv Examine the Aeolian Vibration level of the fibre optic cable with and without vibration damper installed at the recommended location or wind velocity ranging from 0 to 30 Km per hour predicting amplitude frequency and vibration energy input v From vibration analysis of fibre optic cable without damper antinode vibration amplitude and dynamic strain levels at clampe
19. 6 Project management project scheduling including monthly project reports documenting progress during the contract period 7 Co ordination with Tower Package Contractors for phased implementation and commissioning of the overall OPGW cable Section 01 Page 9 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 8 Engineering and technical assistance during the contract and warranty period and annual maintenance contract AMC Period 9 Site visits path surveys and studies necessary to identify and provide all equipment needed to implement the FO cables installation 10 Overall integration of communication equipments subsystem procured in present and other telecom packages of the SC amp C project amp existing network 11 All cabling wiring including supply laying and termination etc of the cables and main distribution frame MDF at wideband nodes required for full interconnectivity and proper operation of the telecommunications network including equipment supplied under this package and the connectivity and interfacing of PLC PABX etc 12 Connectivity between the FODP and SDH equipment 13 Providing 48 Volts DCPS system amp Battery 14 Installation and integration of network management software hardware and firmware
20. Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under T Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 9 4 1 Implementation Steps The basic implementation steps pertaining to telecommunication system of the project are a b c d e f g h i Design amp parameterize the integrated wideband network including implementation strategies Conduct site amp route surveys identify equipment locations and required site preparations Subsystems design manufacture factory amp type test if applicable Shipping installation and field testing for above Design manufacture factory and type test if applicable of termination equipment and NMS subsystems and other related equipment Shipping installation and field testing of above Integration of FOTS associated equipment inside plant PABX amp PLC and integration with existing network Field testing of the integrated telecommunication network including the NMS subsystem Acceptance test and cutover support of the Project requirements of the integrated telecommunications network Though not detailed the above steps are intended to encompass all relevant work required to provide the Employer a fully working integrated telecommunication network supporting all Project commitments 9 4 2 Implementation phases
21. Table 6 15 Factory Acceptance Tests for Optical Fibres Optical Tests Acceptance Criteria Test procedure Attenuation Coefficient TS Vol II Table 2 1 a EIA TIA 455 78A Point Discontinuities of TS Vol II Section EIA TIA 455 59 attenuation 2 1 1 2 Attenuation at Water Peak TS Vol II Table 2 1 a EIA TIA 455 78A Core Clad Concentricity Error EIA TIA 455 176 Cladding diameter EIA TIA 455 176 Fibre Tensile Proof Testing EIA TIA 455 31B End of table Chromatic Dispersion EIA TIA 455 168A 169A 175A The test report for the above tests for the fibers carried out by the Fiber Manufacturer and used in the OPGW cables shall be shown to the inspector during OPGW cable FAT and shall be submitted along with the OPGW cable FAT report 6 4 6 Factory Acceptance Test on OPGW Cable The factory acceptance tests for OPGW cable specified below in Table follow the requirements set forth in IEFE standard 1138 IEC 60794 The FAT shall be carried out on 10 of offered drums in each lot as specified in technical specifications and the optical tests shall be carried out in all fibres of the selected sample drums The Rated Tensile Strength test shall be carried out on one sample in each lot Table 6 16 Factory Acceptance Tests on OPGW Applicable standard IEEE 1138 IEC 60794 Factory Acceptance Test on Manufactured OPGW 1 Attenuation Co efficient at 1310 nm and 1550 nm 2 Point discontinuities of attenuation Visual Material verif
22. a E1 Interface card Minimum 16 interfaces per Set 4 0 4 card b Ethernet interfaces 10 100 Mbps with Layer 2 Set 2 0 2 switching Minimum 4 interfaces per card 2 0 Termination Equipment Drop amp Insert Multiplexer Base Equipment Common cards Power A1 supply cards power cabling other hardware amp No 20 16 36 accessories including sub racks etc fully equipped excluding subscriber line interface cards A2 Subscriber Line Interface Cards a 2 wire sub sub voice channel cards min 8 No 20 16 36 channels per card b 4 wire E amp M voice channel cards min 8 No 20 16 36 channels per card Asynchronous Sub Channels data cards a V 24 V 28 minimum 4 channels per card Ne a k i Digital Access Cross Connect Switch B DACS 16 x 16 ports switching matrix fully equipment No 2 0 2 for minimum 16 E 1 ports 3 0 Equipment Cabinets a For Drop Insert Multiplexer and DACS No 12 08 20 b For SDH Equipment including DDF patching N ar O 13 11 24 facilities amp other accessories 4 0 NMS i Craft Terminal a Hardware Set 1 1 2 Appendix B Page 5 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 2 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region I S N are 7p O lt gt o Item Des
23. csssccssssscssssccssssccsssscssssccsssssssencees 12 42 1 POWer Cables vaciccsccscsiesses ceases scesievdeseesis ledavvvoidawsiaavccavavessucuiendecassvedvansievheresive casaueed 13 4 2 2 Enclos re Panel Pain occ c casenveedexs avgudaresateaeubneorausieectoess cenueapentteaneeduuedcees 13 4 3 Temperature Compensation for Battery eee esseceseeeeeeeeeessaeeneeeeees 13 4 4 Battery Requirements eesseeseeeeserssteesesessrseresressessterressesetesrensersresreeseeee 15 4 4 1 Valve Regulated Lead Acid VRLA maintenance free Battery 06 15 4 4 1 1 Constructional Requirements se ccscassnpeduensicecsicedubasRonmlecnanielediwaruedceniieanaantdee 15 4A Mee Containers sisne aa e a aa aa EE aaa a a 15 41 1 3 Cell COVetS siiis siirsin sieran ai a E ekia n iiaa 15 FA 1A Separa ofS casni E TE E EA semana Cbaccde ida ive 15 4 4 1 5 Pressure Regulation Valve seesseeesesesreresrersrrsrisrrrsressesrresressresresressessresres 16 4 4 1 6 Terminal POSES sacs cceeesceactrssectattesa e araa gia a A EES ETa ES EES 16 Section 04 Page 1 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 44 1 8 Flame Ee SEES o gt Sa sessdicinassicuttintsvied icnn edocs unseuascinesddntasuseedacutemenstsuaneOseiniedestanenesduonestan 16 4 5 Capacity RSGUIPEMIC ING sos
24. The above implementation steps shall be organised and managed in various overlapping phases 9 5 Implementation Schedule The implementation schedule for the Communication System Package shall be fifteen 15 months from the date of award The fibre optic links which are essentially required for replacement of microwave shall be implemented on priority basis These links shall be identified Section 9 Page 13 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region during L 2 Schedule finalisation Appendix to this Technical Specifications provides a implementation schedule guidelines consistent with the phased implementation plan described herein and the Implementation Schedule for the Communication System Package Section 9 Page 14 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region APPENDIX A General Network Link Details and Implementation Schedule Appendix A Page 1 of 11 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existin
25. all variances are resolved full test documentation has been delivered to the Employer and the Employer has issued Material Inspection amp Clearance Certificate MICC Successful completion of the factory tests and the Employer approval to ship shall in no way constitute final acceptance of the system or any portion thereof These tests shall be carried out in the presence of the Employer s authorised representatives unless waival for witnessing by Employer s representatives is intimated to the contractor Factory acceptance tests shall not proceed without the prior delivery to and approval of all test documentation by the Employer The factory acceptance test shall demonstrate the technical characteristics of the equipment in relation to this specifications and approved drawings and documents List of factory acceptance tests for Fibre Optic Transmission system Termination Equipment Sub system NMS DCPS and Battery are given in specified Tables in this section This list of factory acceptance tests shall be supplemented by the Contractor s standard FAT testing program The factory acceptance tests for the other items shall be proposed by the Contractor in accordance with technical specifications and Contractor s including Sub Contractor s supplier s standard FAT testing program In general the FAT for other items shall include at least Physical verification demonstration of technical characteristics various operational modes functiona
26. bulging or cracking It shall also be fire retardant Fixing of Pressure Regulation Valve amp terminal posts in the cover shall be such that the seepage of electrolyte gas escapes and entry of electro static spark are prevented 4 4 1 4 Separators The separators used in manufacturing of battery cells shall be of glass mat or synthetic material having high acid absorption capability resistant to sulphuric acid and good insulating properties The design of separators shall ensure that there is no misalignment during normal operation and handling Section 04 Page 15 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 4 4 1 5 Pressure Regulation Valve Each cell shall be provided with a pressure regulation valve The valve shall be self re sealable and flame retardant The valve unit shall be such that it cannot be opened without a proper tool The valve shall be capable to withstand the internal cell pressure specified by the manufacturer 4 4 1 6 Terminal Posts Both the ve and ve terminals of the cells shall be capable of proper termination and shall ensure its consistency with the life of the battery The surface of the terminal post extending above the cell cover including bolt hole shall be coated with an acid resistant and corrosion re
27. without any additional cost implication to Employer 2 4 2 Alarm handling Alarm deletions Backups as per maintenance plan Backups etc Consumables to be provided by Employer Software software part corruption to be corrected as per actual requirement 2 5 NMS of PDH Mux DIT amp DACS System 2 5 1 Computer hardware Faulty equipment to be replaced at site as per conditions of Maintenance Plan Comprehensive maintenance with hardware supplier to be tied up by the Contractor Contractor shall be responsible for providing all hardware amp software required during maintenance without any additional cost implication to Employer Section 07 Page 18 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 2 5 2 Alarm handling Alarm deletions Backups as per agreed back up plan Backups etc Consumables to be provided by Employer Software software part corruption to be corrected as per actual requirement 2 5 3 Monitoring and Regular monitoring of the communication link general operation operations through NMS in association with the of communication Employer s staff Investigations for abnormal behaviour link and take corrective actions 2 5 4 Provisioning Re As per requirement provisioning of channels 3
28. 0 05 dB 60 C 85 C Bend Performance 1310 nm 75 2 mm dia Mandrel 100 turns Attenuation Rise lt 0 05 dB 1550 nm 30 1 mm radius Mandrel 100 turns Attenuation Rise lt 0 05 dB 1550 nm 32 0 5 mm dia Mandrel turn Attenuation Rise lt 0 50 dB 2 1 2 Fibre Optic Cable Construction Overhead Fibre Optic Cables shall be OPGW Optical Ground Wire The OPGW cable is proposed to be installed on transmission lines The design of cable shall account for the varying operating and environmental conditions that the cable shall experience while in service The OPGW cable to be supplied shall be designed to meet the overall requirements of all the transmission lines Normally the tower span of the lines shall not exceed 600m however some of the spans may be up to around 1000m or more The exact details shall be collected by the Contractor during survey To meet the overall requirement of all the transmission lines the contractor may offer more than one design without any additional cost to POWERGRID in case span length of more than 600m is found during survey It may also be noted that some of the transmission lines route may be added during the engineering stage Section 02 Page 4 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eas
29. 03 Page 1 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd y Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 3 4 2 2 Channel Banks Mux Drop Insert 16 3 4 2 3 Subscriber Line Units Subscriber Line Interface Cards 17 3 4 3 Digital Access Cross connect System 17 3 4 3 1 Required DACS Applications 19 3 4 3 2 Menus and Reports 19 3 5 MDF DDF and Cabling 20 3 5 1 MDF and DDF Patching Facilities 20 3 5 1 1 Digital Distribution Frame Functional Requirements 20 3 5 1 2 Main Distribution Frames 21 3 6 Patch Cords 21 3 7 Telecommunication Management Network Network Management System 21 3 7 1 Applicable Standards
30. 1 Supply of spares and test equipment The above mentioned scope of work specified in Part II shall be applicable for following two broad categories CATEGORY A These are the new links with new equipments such as SDH PDH DDF MDF amp DCPS etc to be implemented under the contract The work involves in this category is highlighted as below e Inter connection of subscribers such as RTUs PLCC and PABX with PDH equipments thru MDF e Inter connection of SDH with FODP amp SDH to PDH equipments through DDF CATEGORY B Fibre Optic links shall be implemented in place of existing Digital Microwave Radio links Implementation work shall be carried out in manner down time of running channels is minimized The work involves in this category is highlighted as below e Inter connection of SDH equipment with the existing PDH equipments thru new DDF e NMS channel of existing PDH equipments to be transported on new FO links e Power supply connection to new SDH equipments with existing 48 V DCPS e Integration of new PDH equipments with existing PDH equipment for RTU to Control Centre connectivity e All existing E 1 channels presently running on digital microwave links to be shifted on fibre optic link There could be the possibility of requirement of only PDH equipment at some locations and necessary cabling amp wiring shall be in scope of this package contractor The contractor shall be responsible for reconfiguration re routing of runni
31. 1 EQUIP MCI scienna in EE E AA ERO 5 3 l2 Power Dis DUO sercar r E R RES 5 33 13 Signal Cabling seereis naas es EE ees EERE E EEEE EO E 5 3 1 4 Equipment Racks and Enclosures saiccaccessacccsasseavsseacenssenedeaadsnasonestansesateaaseamenaseseees 5 3 2 Installation HardWare sisiecssissscssretesiissnessossasisossirsaeies ieo measidrveas israe seissen piisi rs sesi ads 5 3 2 1 Equipment Sub Racks and Cabinets Enclosures c cccesccecesecessseeeeeteeeeneeees 5 3 2 2 Cable Race Ways roren err E E R 5 39 a TAL Distribution fs se cpsuodente Sorta peauarngesnaneeesepiaa deus Ea S 5 3 4 Lightning and Transient Voltage Protection 20 0 0 eccceesccecesececeeeceesseeesseeeenteeeeaees 5 3 5 Station Safety Earthing and Signal Grounding 0000 0 eeeceeeeeeeeeeteceeeeeeeneeeenaees 5 3 0 TSC CH INS sessen es ee se awe era aed acinar tesla ales Deed Finish CES riese a sandeep eae deus sean to cerns mae 5 4 Location of Equipment Cable Routes and Associated Civil Works eeeceeeeeeeeeee 5 4 1 Locations for Supplied BquipriG iit iceseccssseraeacasiesaavaaeiactaascactnncesaevanssarspandiennicoseove 5 4 2 Associated Civil Works esesesesseeesssessessesesseerssressressereseresseeessresseessesesseeessresseeese 543 Cable Trenches sicrie a R AE EEE E meee Section 05 Page 1 of 10 E Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd y Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communi
32. 2 2 0 1 1 9 Kolasib 1 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 10 Mariani PG 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 11 Itanagar PG 1 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 Mariani AEG 12 CD 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 13 Badarpur PG 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 2 0 2 0 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 ca 11 0 6 10 10 6 0 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 20 20 20 20 2 13 12 Appendix A Page 8 of 11 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table A 4 contd Site wise break up of Communication Equipments SDA Optical cards for SDH Eq up to 2 Dir Optical cards for u more then 2 Eqpt SDH 2 4 Asy Cabi Cabinet S g upto OLI Eqpt D amp I wire wire nch nets s Ng Mocation 2 La pt TA gt 2 L ae T Mux sub amp ron PACS sD mux directi S1 1 S4 1 L4 1 lo dir S11 S41 L4 1 4 p sub M ous H ACS 2 175k 150k 175k on 150 m 2 m iit km AEGCL 1 Agia 1 0 0 2 0 0 2 2 1 2 Sarusajai 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 Balipara 1 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 1 Badarpur 4 AEGCL 1 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 5 Srikona 1 0 2 0
33. Armour Rods amp Clamp body between minimum 12 kN and maximum slip 17 KN shall be considered as slip The Armour Rods shall not be displaced from their original lay or damaged Definition of no damage in accordance with convention expressed in IEC 61284 1997 no damage other than surface flattening of the strands shall occur Any result outside these parameters is a failure iii Slip Strength Test of Tension Clamp Tension clamps shall be fitted on a 8 m length of fibre optic cable on both ends The Section 06 Page 23 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region assembly shall be mounted on a tensile testing machine and anchored in a manner similar to the arrangement to be used in service A tensile load shall gradually be applied up to 20 of the RTS of OPGW Displacement transducers shall be installed to measure the relative movement between the OPGW relative to the Reinforcing Rods and Tension Dead End relative to Reinforcing Rods In addition suitable marking shall be made on the OPGW and Dead End to confirm grip The load shall be gradually increased at a constant rate up to 50 of the UTS and the position scale of the recorder is zeroed The load shall then gradually increased up to 95 of the UTS and maintained for one
34. Contractor s set up Generally in consonance with the set up mentioned in the maintenance plan 4 MAINTENANCE OF DC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM DCPS includes charger Batteries DCDB and other associated cables connectors Meters relays switches surge protection devices etc Details of Job to be carried out during Preventive Maintenance 1 Physical inspection of DCPS at all specified locations 2 Cleaning of System Tightening of all the power and control connections including checking the input power cable terminations at both ends Oo Checking of DC Voltage Checking for AC Voltage L L L N Checking AC Current Checking for ripple Voltage Functional checking Of DC System For Normal Operation including battery charging Checking for Normal operation of each Module 10 Checking of earthing of the system by measurement of earth to neutral potential 11 Checking of charging condition of the batteries 12 Checking of the physical conditions of the batteries 13 Checking of each battery voltage during quarterly visits amp battery impedance resistance measurement twice during the contract during 2 amp 4 quarterly visit 13 Three discharge tests per year at normal load for three hours during 1 2 and 4 quarterly visit 14 Checking of present load on charger 15 Matching of DCPS parameters with SCADA system Oo N Dcu A O 16 Proper guidance to the operation staff for satisfactory working of the equipm
35. FATISAT f D PS sect teehee inte ceteetet e i 33 6 4 5 Factory Acceptance Tests on Optical Fibre to be supplied with OPGW 34 6 4 6 Factory Acceptance Test on OPGW Cable 35 6 4 7 Factory Acceptance Test on OPGW Fittings 36 Section 06 Page 1 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 6 4 8 Factory Acceptance Test on Approach Cable 37 6 4 9 Factory Acceptance Test on Splice Enclosure Joint Box FODP 37 6 4 10 Factory Acceptance Test on Test Equipment Pigtail amp other items 37 6 5 Site Acceptance Tests 37 6 5 1 Minimum Site Acceptance Testing Requirement for FO Cabling 38 6 5 1 1 Phases of Site Acceptance Testing 38 6 5 2 Phases for Site Acceptance Testing for Communication Equipments 39 6 5 2 1 Installation Testing 39 6 5 2 2 Link Commissioning Tests 39 6 5 2 3 Integrated Testing
36. Northern region on replenishment basis The Contractor under this package shall install the replenished OPGW amp associated hardware accessories in Northern Region as mentioned in Appendix B Section 01 Page 2 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 1 2 Existing Communication System The existing wideband communication system for the North Eastern Region comprises of Digital Microwave links supporting bit rate of 4 x 2 Mbps and Fibre Optic links with supporting bit rate of STM 1 The wideband communication network is providing voice amp data connectivity among Control Centres and from RTUs to Control Centre The Digital Microwave Radio links are working along with PDH equipments The subscribers are also connected to PDH equipments and voice data channels are working The existing wideband communication network is given in Appendix A 1 3 Proposed Communication System The proposed communication system shall be fibre optic based and shall consist of overhead and underground fibre optic links with a minimum bit rate of Synchronous Transport Module 4 STM 4 The scope of the telecommunication system procurement for the Project includes design supply installation testing and implementation of a fully integrated wideband telecommunicat
37. Region Form III contd e Check the availability of test instrument tool kit at site Multimeter Screw driver plier etc available 10 0 EARTHING CHECK e All the cables are connected properly with the ground point e Clean the end points if required while removing the earth cable first put temporary earth cable After correction place the original cable and remove loop cable e Clean star point with sand paper and put petroleum jelly e Measurement of earth resistance Q Contractor s representative POWERGRID CONSTITUENTS s representative Section 07 Page 28 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Form IV Format DC POWER SUPPLY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE FORMAT TO BE FILLED AT SITE SITE INFORMATION SITE NAME ADDRESS DESCRIPTION VALUE IF ANY REMARKS si E Ooo E Power connections checked for tightening amp over Control Connections are all tight All indications meters display on the panel are working o li a 1 lover a 5 Inputfrequency S cl oe O 1 O eating 3 i O Se 5 O 6 Rectifier LEDs o o 7 Normal Operation on each module Cd 8 Floatvoltage o o 9 Checking for ripple Voltage o Cid 40 Checking for AC Voltage L
38. SDH Equipment with all types of cards optical card Tributary card or any other equipment as part of repeater less links b Primary Multiplexer amp Drop Insert Mux with subscriber interface card c DACS d DCPC amp Battery e Optical fibres f OPGW Cable g OPGW Cable fittings h Vibration Damper i Splice Enclosure Joint Box j Approach Cable Section 06 Page 9 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 6 3 2 1 List of type test to be conducted on Telecom equipment SDH Equipment with all types of cards Primary Multiplexer amp Drop Insert Mux with subscriber interface card and DACS 6 3 2 1 1 Temperature and Humidity Tests The tests listed below are defined in IEC Publication 60068 a Low Temperature Test Operation to Specifications Low temperature tests shall be conducted as defined in IEC Publication 60068 2 1 test method Ad with the following specifications 1 Test Duration The equipment is started up as soon as thermal equilibrium has been reached and operated for sixteen 16 hours Its performance is checked during the test 2 Degree of Severity Test shall be done at 0 C 3 Acceptance Criteria No degradation of performance during and after the test b Low Temperature Tes
39. Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 3 4 CEPT E 1 Digital Access Cross Connect System Required Operating Characteristics Frame Structure Per CCITT G 742 Jitter Performance Per CCITT G 823 Synchronisation Internal external source and synchronized on incoming E 1 Routing Fully non blocking tributary to from E 1 channel Routing Table Capacity Minimum of 9 routing tables for reconfiguration Supervisory Ports Serial Com Ports Supervisory Port Interface RS 232 Interface Standard ASCH ANSI compatible terminal Supervisory Channel Async data rates software selectable speed of 110 9600 bps odd or even parity 7 or 8 bits Power Supply Voltage 3 4 3 1 Required DACS Applications The DACS provided shall be fully capable of implementing standard applications such as Groom and Fill Drop amp Insert Bypass Broadcast and Alternative Routing 3 4 3 2 Menus and Reports DACSs throughout the network shall be required to function as fully integrated subsystems of the Telecommunications Management Network TMN The DACS software shall provide menu driven management of DACS and shall provide at least the following I Active Configuration The user shall be able to modify the current active configuration I Configuration The configurations other than the active one shall be
40. Surge immunity Level 4 as per IEC 61000 4 5 Electrical Fast Transients Burst Level 4 as per IEC 61000 4 4 Electrostatic Discharge Level 4 as per IEC 61000 4 2 Radiated Electromagnetic Field Level 3 as per IEC 61000 4 3 Conducted disturbances induced by radio frequency field Level 3 as per IEC 61000 4 6 Damped oscillatory magnetic field Level 3 as per IEC 61000 4 10 Voltage dips short interruptions and voltage variations Level 2 as per IEC 61000 4 11 Conducted Emission Level Class A Group 1 as per IEC CISPR 11 Oilo NID NN AININ Radiated Emission Level Class A Group 1 as per IEC CISPR 11 Safety Tests as per IEC 60950 6 3 2 3 Testing requirements of Battery Table 6 7 List of tests for VRLA battery i Type Test l Test As per IEC FAT SAT No 60896 1 Verification of marking 3 V V Visual observation Dimensional inspection Polarity checking 2 Capacity test y y y 3 Suitability for floating battery operation to be y conducted for 3 months instead of six months 4 Endurance in discharge charge cycles instead y of 50 25 discharge charge cycles shall be followed 5 Charge Retention y Section 06 Page 15 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Opt
41. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the suitability of existing station earth for the equipment to be supplied under this contract In case existing earthing arrangement at the site is not adequate the Contractor shall either make improvement in the existing earthing arrangement or make new earthing as per requirement Section 05 Page 8 of 10 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 5 3 6 Interconnections All power and signal cabling between component units of the communications systems shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor and shall be shown on contractor supplied as built drawings The Contractor shall supply and install all primary power cords powerstrips receptacles circuit breakers fuse panels switches earth fault detectors surge protectors distribution cabling and power connectors required to support all equipment enclosures and system components furnished and installed under this specification except as specifically excluded Plug type power connectors with captive fastening such as Twist Lock shall be used for interconnection of source power to the equipment enclosures or racks Plug type connectors with captive fasteners ie DB 25 etc shall be used for the interconnection of all inter a
42. The Contractor shall submit for Employer s approval the TMN architecture describing in detail the following subsystems features i Database used in TMN il ii iv vi vii viii Master Processor server workstation LAN Peripherals and hardware Software and operating system Local Consoles remote consoles Craft Terminals Data communication between NEs Remote Local Consoles and TMN Processor s Routers Bridges Expansion Capabilities f The offered TMN system shall be capable of integration to other supplier s Network Management System NMS upwardly through SNMP North bound interface The interface shall accommodate all required functionalities to implement OSS but not limited to the following a Real time forwarding and synchronization b Provisioning of circuits c Upload of network topology d Monitoring of events for topology and circuit changes S Alarm handling The details shall be finalised and discussed during detailed engineering and the Contractor shall be obliged to provide share all necessary information and co ordinate with the implementation vendor of OSS 3 7 3 Management Functions The TMN shall support following Management functions 3 7 3 1 Configuration Management Configuration management is concerned with management display and control of the network configuration Minimum specific requirements that shall be satisfied include the following Section 03 Provide tools to es
43. The amount of contingency time float remaining in the schedule d Information on each task including 1 Estimated start and finish dates 2 Any change in the estimated dates since the last reporting period 3 Estimated total number of calendar days to complete the task 4 Percent of task completed 5 An indication of whether the start date was manually entered or computed e Total project resources f The tasks to begin in the next two reporting periods g The tasks to be completed in the next two reporting periods h The tasks completed in the last two reporting periods Section 9 Page 8 of 14 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 2 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region The content and format of the project schedule shall be subject to the Employer approval The Contractor shall update and submit the project schedule to the Employer at least one week prior to each progress meeting 9 2 1 1 Contractor Activities The implementation schedule shall be compiled by the Contractor summarizing all activities and shall include but not be limited to the following a Survey Design amp Engineering b Hardware purchases development and integration c Hardware production schedules d Documentation preparation and release e Documentation revision and rel
44. all command logs actual command given who gave the command time amp date and from where for a period of 12 months For next 24 months the same information shall be stored retained in a non online mode A list of all User ID linked with name and other details of the user duly certified by the Employer shall also be maintained A record of all supply chains of the products hardware software shall be given to the Employer In case of any deliberate attempt for a security breach at the time of procurement or at a later stage after deployment installation of the equipment or during maintenance liability and criminal proceedings can be initiated against the Contractor as per guidelines of DoT and any other Government department 3 2 General Network Characteristics 3 2 1 Description The proposed fibre optic communication network consists shall support the voice amp data communication requirements of RTUs SCADA EMS system and other Power System operational requirements The communication system shall provide data amp voice connectivity across the various locations or connectivity of RTUs with Control Centres The RTUs located at various locations will report to Control Center using IEC 60870 5 101 or IEC 60870 5 104 Protocol The proposed communication system shall provide connectivity of some RTUs over TCP IP protocol using Ethernet interface and other RTUs over serial interface The offered communication System shall support the communicat
45. allow for full movement of the component without binding or chafing of the wire Conductors in multi conductor cables shall be individually colour coded and numbered at both ends by Halogen amp Silicon free labels of polyamide ensuring scratch proof labelling with the use of solvent free ink amp latest UV Technology making it environment friendly printing with a WIPE RESISITANCE according to DIN EN 61010 1 VDE 0411 1within enclosures The enclosures shall be painted inside and outside The finish colour of all enclosures shall be an aesthetically pleasing and shall be approved by the Employer Further finish colour of external surfaces shall be preferably of same colour for all enclosures panels Each panel shall be supplied with 240 VAC 50Hz single phase sockets with switch and lighting lamp for panel illumination The manufacturer so as to ensure the uninterrupted use of the equipment shall do proper thermal engineering of hardware design The Panel shall be designed to allow cooling preferably by natural convection The Contractor shall submit detail design of proposed Panel enclosure and heat dissipation calculations during detailed engineering Forced cooling is permitted DC Fans are permitted in the Panel or SMPS module for equipment mounted indoors buildings rooms shelters If cooling is provided at Panel level it shall be provided with additional fan with facility for manual switch over Proper filtering shall be provided to control
46. annual troubleshooting site visits and advise Cable route General checking during semi annual troubleshooting site visits and advise EMI issues Contractor shall study in special case of repeated faults if the probable cause is earthing interconnection at the station or possibility of spurious signals through various cable connections to the wideband equipment and advise 1 2 DC system Site checking normal output battery condition earthing interconnection as per approved agreed format during semi annual site visits and advise It shall also be checked during troubleshooting site visits if it is considered the probable cause of fault 1 3 UPS Checking of output values earthing interconnection at the NMS sites during semi annual site visits and advise It shall also be checked during troubleshooting site visits if it is considered the probable cause of fault 1 4 Section 07 Interfacing with others Checking interfacing with other equipment and take corrective actions on its MDFs if required The scope will be limited to the MDFs where the cables of wideband communication system have been terminated Report and advise on others if it is the probable cause of fault Page 17 of 30 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Mic
47. card of multiplexer 1 1 APS or distributed power supply The detailed DRS for all equipment items are required to be submitted along with brochures during detailed engineering Appendix D DRS Page 5 of 5
48. dust ingress There shall be an arrangement for automatic Switching OFF of fans during AC input failure The required individual modules may be separated by air baffle to provide effective convection The manufacturer shall also ensure that the failure of fan does not cause any fire hazards The failure of any of the fans shall draw immediate attention of the maintenance staff 4 1 11 Electrical Requirements AC input supply The nominal input frequency is 50 Hz which may vary from 47 5 52 5Hz The input voltage shall be as mentioned below Section 04 Page 7 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Field Site Application Three phase 4Wire Nominal 415 240 V 415 10 15 However at site the voltage may vary from 160V to 300V Ph N An Auto Mains Changeover unit shall be provided for each field site DC power supply system The Auto Mains Changeover unit shall accept input from two AC sources and extend any one of the available healthy sources to the DC Power supply system Control Centre Site Application Three phase 4Wire Nominal 415 240 V 415 10 15 However at site the voltage may vary from 160V to 300V Ph N The suitable HVD High Voltage Disconnector Protection shall be provided at input of each DCPS sy
49. each SMPS module for detection of SMPS module failure 4 1 24 Termination Suitable termination arrangements shall be provided in the panel for termination of inter cubicle cables from other equipment such as Employers ACDB Telecom and other associated equipments and alarm cables All the termination points shall be easily accessible from front and top AC and DC terminals shall be separated by physical barriers to ensure safety All the terminals except AC earth shall be electrically isolated 4 1 25 DC Terminations All terminations including through MCBs shall be through lock and screw type terminations Load and batteries shall be connected to DCPS through appropriate MCBs The isolation of any of the battery from the load shall create an alarm DC distribution shall be provided with adequate no of feeders with appropriate MCBs 6 Amp thru 32 Amp for termination of the loads Actual rating of the MCBs shall be finalized during the detail engineering The no of feeders shall be minimum 10 ten nos DC distribution may be done either on wall mounted panel or on the DCPS panel The proper rated MCB shall be provided at the combined output of the SMPS modules if not provided at each SMPS module All the AC DC and Control alarm cabling shall be supplied with the Panel All DC ve and ve leads shall be clearly marked All conductors shall be properly rated to prevent excessive heating 4 1 26 Earthing Cables Farthing cables between equ
50. equipment other than supplied by the Contractor or AC DC h Outages which are not attributable to equipment faults such as fault in fibre optic cable will not be considered for calculation in system availability A 1 7 DOCUMENTATION DURING MAINTENANCE PERIOD Events shall be recorded by using of event form The forms shall be filled in duly dated timed and signed by representatives of both the parties Absence of one or the other party s representative shall not render the record invalid but assumes only that such representative signs the record at his earliest convenience The initial condition of the system shall be recorded on the start status form to constitute or reference for later events All the events recorded in the start status form shall have to be rectified within 15 days Faults not attended within 15 days will be considered as outage Any and all events such as incoming and existing alarms fault occurrence action taken for remedies etc shall be recorded in the event report forms If a unit is replaced or repaired both the new and the replaced or repaired unit is to be recorded in the event report form Contractor shall submit the detailed report for fault occurrence after the cards equipment is rectified at the works of supplier A 1 8 CALCULATION OF NETWORK AVAILABILITY The system availability shall be calculated as per following formula during the Maintenance period Availability Calculation Formula Section 07 Pag
51. existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 2 1 2 8 7 Installation Hardware The scope of supply of the optical cable includes the assessment supply and installation of all required fittings and hardware such as Tension assembly Suspension assembly Vibration dampers Reinforcing rods Earthing clamps Downlead clamps splice enclosure etc The Bidder shall provide documentation justifying the adequacy and suitability of the hardware supplied The quantity of hardware amp fittings to meet any eventuality during site installation min 1 shall also be provided as part of set km for each transmission line without any additional cost to POWERGRID The Contractor shall determine the exact requirements of all accessories required to install and secure the OPGW The OPGW hardware fittings and accessories shall follow the general requirements regarding design materials dimensions amp tolerances protection against corrosion and markings as specified in clause 4 0 of EN 61284 1997 IEC 61284 The shear strength of all bolts shall be at least 1 5 times the maximum installation torque The OPGW hardware amp accessories drawing amp Data Requirement Sheets DRS document shall consist of three parts 1 A technical particulars sheet 2 An assembly drawing i e level 1 drawing and 3 Component level drawings i e level 2 amp lower drawings All component reference numbers dimensions and tolerances bolt tightening torques amp shear
52. facilities 42 Maintenance and support of the equipment through final acceptance and maintenance on all new equipment through the warranty period and annual maintenance contract period 43 Ensure the availability of service spare and expansion parts for all equipment for the life of the equipment 44 Due diligence in properly planning and executing the work so as to minimise any damage to crop forestry or vegetation internal utilities of any private or government party 45 The contractor shall appoint key personnel for the project such as Project Manager Site Manager Design Engineer Installation Engineer and Commissioning Engineer only after approval of the experience data by the Employer Approval of the Employer shall be obtained whenever the Contractor wants to change key personnel Detailed descriptions of the Contractor s obligations in relation to individual items of hardware functions and services are delineated in other sections of this specification 1 6 3 The Employer Responsibilities and Obligations The Employer will provide the following items and services as part of the procurement Project 1 Overall project management of the Project 2 Review and approval of the Contractor s designs drawings survey report and recommendations 3 Communication network configuration data including a Channel assignments for voice and data b Interconnection drawings for existing equipment including MDFs 4 Revi
53. failure in operation Section 02 Page 12 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region The vibration analysis of the system with and without damper and dynamic characteristics of the damper as detailed in Technical Specification shall have to be submitted The technical particulars for vibration analysis and damping design of the system are as follows SI No Description Technical Parameters 1 Span Length in meters i Ruling design span 400 meters ii Maximum span 1100 meters iii Minimum Span 100 meters 2 Configuration As per Specifications 3 Tensile load in each As per sag tension calculations 4 Armour rods used Standard preformed armour rods AGS 5 Maximum permissible dynamic strain 150 micro strains The damper placement chart for spans ranging from 100m to 1100m shall be submitted by the Bidder Placement charts should be duly supported with relevant technical documents and sample calculations The damper placement charts shall include the following 1 Location of the dampers for various combinations of spans and line tensions clearly indicating the number of dampers to be installed per OPGW cable per span 2 Placement distances clearly identifying the extremities between whi
54. for ultimate capacity as brought out in Section 4 1 The Control Monitoring Alarm arrangement and DC amp AC distribution shall be provided suitably in the panel The SMPS modules shall be provided as per the load requirement stipulated in the Appendix BOQ The DCPS system shall comprise of N 2 Modules In case of DCPS system having N 1 the SMPS shall comprise of N 1 modules Here N refers to number of SMPS modules to meet the load requirements specified in the Appendix BOQ and battery charging current The current rating of each module shall be considered as output current of the SMPS module at nominal voltage 48V Total current load current battery charging current Where battery charging current is equal to the 20 AH of the battery supplied Total Current Current rating of each SMPS module at 48 V The Distribution switching Alarm unit shall be provided for the ultimate system capacity All AC DC or control alarm cabling wiring shall be pre wired for the ultimate capacity so that mere plugging in of SMPS module shall add to the DC power output It shall be possible to easily mount remove the modules from the front side of the panel The SMPS modules SMPS module sub racks shall be designed to slide into the panels and fixed securely by a suitable mechanical arrangement 4 1 10 Constructional Features of Panel Section 04 Page 6 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communicati
55. hours After office hours Holidays duty phone to be contacted with co ordinator Task Troubleshooting amp Fault rectification MAINTENANCE FAULT BREAKDOWN Equipment Scope As per BoQ enclosed in Appendices Scope Rectification Corrective maintenance Availability On call basis as mentioned above in TS PLANNED SITE VISIT Equipment Scope As per BoQ enclosed in Appendices Scope Visual inspection of equipment alarms measurement verifications status report of site updating of log record cleaning the equipment modification amp augmentation Availability Semi annual planned visits A 1 6 OUTAGE TIME DEFINITION An outage time refers to period in which loss of communication is detected on any part of the telecommunication network equipment and continues until the fault is cleared by taking into account conditions listed below a b c Section 07 Time of unavailability excludes running with faulty equipment on specific instruction from POWERGRID Constituent not affecting communication or monitoring of other units other than faulty unit The time of unavailability excludes the transportation time to a faulty site average of twelve 12 hours and time to get authorization for access to the telecommunication room and to the equipment An event would not be considered as failure when the system features allow to continue the data voice transmission utilizing redundancies avai
56. in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Documentation Plan for Communication Equipment Package Applicable Equipments Item Document Documentation plan amp schedule Brief Description Category of Approva l This document shall contain the list of all documents to be submitted for approval and their submission approval eae Survey Technical guidelines R ae Data Requirement Sheets DRS and Guaranteed Technical Parameters amp Drawings For each and every item to be supplied including OPGW Cable Optical fibre OPGW hardware amp fittings Approach cable Joint Box FODP Primary Mux D I DACS SDH equipment NMS DCPS Battery power and signal cables earthing cables patch cords etc These document s shall describe all the technical parameters of the equipment being offered Cat I for DRS amp Cat IV for brochure Sag Tension Shall accompany the DRS charts For OPGW cable document Mechanical drawings As applicable Equipment For all items Manuals amp Section 8 This document shall fully describe the equipment racks enclosures MDF peripherals and related hardware with particular reference to mechanical construction materials and dimensions appearance mounting methods earthing clearances required from walls roof other panels cable entry details dust and moisture ingress protection provisions etc Complete set of all equipment manual
57. in line splice enclosure on the gantry tower forming the termination of the fibre cable on the power line and the Fibre Optic Distribution Panel FODP installed within the building The estimated fibre optic approach cabling length requirements are indicated in the appendices However the Contractor shall supply amp install the optical fibre approach cable as required based on detailed site survey to be carried out by the Contractor during the project execution and the Contract price shall be adjusted accordingly 2 1 4 1 Basic Construction The cable shall be suitable for direct burial laying in trenches amp PVC Hume ducts laying under false flooring and on indoor or outdoor cable raceways 2 1 4 2 Jacket Construction amp Material The Approach Cable shall be a UV resistant rodent proof armoured cable with metallic type of armouring The outer cable jacket for approach cable shall consist of carbon black polyethylene resin to prevent damage from exposure to ultra violet light weathering and high levels of pollution The jacket shall conform to ASTM D1248 for density 2 1 4 3 Optical Electrical and Mechanical Requirements Approach cable shall contain fibres with identical optical physical characteristics as those in the OPGW cables The cable core shall comprise of tensile strength member s fibre support bedding structure core wrap bedding and an overall impervious jacket Section 02 Page 14 of 17 Power Grid Corporati
58. installation crew safety personnel grounding amp safety installation equipment safety Safety for power system amp environment viz preventing accidental tripping precaution for railway crossings etc Description of Installation Equipment Sketches drawings photographs safe working ratings of installation equipment tools amp tackles etc handling instructions amp precautions Cable routing Illustrations of the positions of tower attachment clamps down lead clamps routing of FO cable on the tower service loop s joint box position References References to other related documents covering the installation jointing amp testing such as e SAT administrative amp functional test plans amp test procedures Jointing Procedures Field Quality Plan amp Field Quality Audit Storage amp Handling Instructions FO cable amp hardware drawings technical parameters DRS etc e Employer amp Statutory safety rules safety manuals standards codes of practices etc Section 8 Page 13 of 13 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 3 y Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 09 Project Management Schedule and Implementation Plan Index 9 1 Project Management
59. lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 6 3 Test Record Requirements 9 Employer s test witness identification signature and remarks List of all attachments 1 pri 1 Attachments including system logs printouts variances hard copies of visual test result displays etc All principle test records test certificates and performance curves shall be supplied for all tests carried out as proof of compliance with the specifications and or each and every specified test These test certificates records and performance curves shall be supplied for all tests whether or not they have been witnessed by the Employer within the specified duration after the completion of test Information given on such test certificates and curves shall be sufficient to identify the material or equipment to which the certificates refer and shall also bear the Contractor s reference and heading 6 2 4 Rejection of Elements Any item or component which fails to comply with the requirements of this Specification in any respect at any stage of manufacture test erection or on completion at site may be rejected by the Employer either in whole or part as considered necessary Material or components with defects of such a nature that do not meet the requirements of the Specification by adjustment or modification shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense After adjustment or modification the Contractor shall submit the ite
60. links in North Eastern Region 2 1 3 Fibre Optic Splice Enclosures Joint BOX e ccivccsvseedeserteasacestcadeeeyicenacaetenveeestessaeutees 13 25851 OPICAl Fibre SPee Suiss narsi a A E REES 12 2 1 4 Fibre Optic Approach Cables secscs ccccsescsasetasioemedeptaeeniacedaonensdeundas seuchenndebnensbenendebnoes 14 2 1 4 1 Basic Construction cnsaicetinscecsthnstecedimcteddsasticdcinmbaaderaddbaclinddbedibcicioiticrimdtecsdlad 14 2 1 4 2 Jacket Construction amp Material cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeseeenaaeees 14 2 1 4 3 Optical Electrical and Mechanical Requirement eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 14 2 1 5 Installation of Approach Cable 0 cccce e sctiecncceeseresiscenendccheneneeesecccccsnmensaeaneneccecnites 15 2 1 6 Optical Fibre Termination and SpliCing ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaees 15 2 1 6 1 Fibre Optic Distribution PANG lise ca von 20scay venta ye esti veu ed aye aivered aye iieivenats 15 2 1 6 2 Optical Fibre Connectors s2ce ioceccss iesescceteenticeieansane enlicureey seer biavstcuipeesien Maniientteens 16 21 7 Servic LNG ses cena ine aos eae ai ace SYNEK EA ENN ab tg wae pe eects 16 2 1 8 Methodology For Installation And Termination ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 16 21 9 Cable MACS WAY Sa us neccuesicd setioncthaamnsannaete sata aE R SEE ETAS 17 Section 02 Page 2 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Te
61. minute After one minute pause the load shall be slowly released to zero and the marking examined and measured for any relative movement Acceptance Criteria No movement shall occur between the OPGW and the Reinforcing Rods or between the Reinforcing Rods and the Dead End assembly No failure or damage or disturbance to the lay of the Tension Dead End Reinforcing Rods or OPGW Definition of no movement as defined in IEC 61284 Any relative movement less than 2 mm is accepted The possible couplings or elongations produced by the conductor as a result of the test itself are not regarded as slippage Any result outside these parameters shall constitute a failure iv Grounding Clamp and Structure Mounting Clamp Fit Test For structure mounting clamp one series of tests shall be conducted with two fibre optic cables installed one series of tests with one fibre optic cable installed in one groove and one series of tests with one fibre optic cable in the other groove Each clamp shall be installed including clamping compound as required on the fibre optic cable The nut shall be tightened on to the bolt by using torque wrench with a torque of 5 5 kgm or supplier s recommended torque and the tightened clamp shall be held for 10 minutes After the test remove the fibre optic cable and examine all its components for distortion crushing or breaking Also the fibre optic cable shall be checked to ensure free movement within the core usin
62. of all functions Configuration Management Performance Management Fault Management and Security Management All standard features and required customization of the NMS shall be demonstrated for proper functioning Oo 6 4 4 FAT SAT of DCPS The factory site tests to be carried out on each DCPS system module in the factory and site are listed respectively in Table below Section 06 Page 33 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 6 14 Lists of tests for FAT SAT of DCPS S No Test FAT SAT Tests on DCPS System l Mechanical amp Visual Check Tests y 2 Insulation Test 3 High Voltage Withstand Test 4 Switch On Test y 5 DCPS Low voltage amp High voltage limits check Test y 6 Pre alarm test for Battery Voltage Low y 7 Battery Low Voltage Disconnect Level Test y 8 AC Input Low and High voltage limits check Test 9 Rectifier Fail Alarm Test y 10 Voltage Regulation Test 11 Current Sharing Test 12 Total Output Power Test y 13 Hot Plug In Test if applicable y 14 Calibration amp Parameter settings y 15 Automatic Float cum Boost Charge Mode Change Over y Test 16 Battery Path Current Limiting Test y 17 Battery Charging a
63. of comments Revised drawing required Cat II To be resubmitted for approval after incorporating comments Cat IV For information and record The approval of the drawing document conveyed vide above marked copy shall neither relieve the Contractor of its contractual obligations and its responsibilities towards weights qualities design details assembly fits performance particulars and conformity of supplies with the Indian Statutory Laws as may be applicable nor shall it limit Employer s right under the contract Depending upon the category of approval the Contractor shall resubmit the drawings documents for review by Employer after incorporating all corrections Further work by the Contractor shall be strictly in accordance with the Cat I Cat II or Cat IV approved drawings and no deviation shall be permitted without the written approval of the Employer All manufacturing and fabrication work in connection with the equipment material prior to the approval of the drawings shall be at the Contractor s risk The Contractor may make any changes in the design which are necessary to make the equipment material conform to the provisions and intent of the Contract and such changes will again be subject to approval by the Employer Approval of Contractor s drawing or work by the Employer shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his responsibilities and liabilities under the Contract 8 7 Final Documentation Final documentation shall consist of
64. printed circuit board assembly shall be of the rating enough to withstand the maximum current and voltage during fault and overload All insulated conductors cables used shall conform to IS 1554 or equivalent international standard All wiring shall be neatly secured in position and adequately supported Where wires pass through any part of metal panel or cover the hole through which they pass shall be suitably secured 4 1 3 Bus Bars High conductivity Cu bus bar shall be provided and shall be sized to take care of the current of ultimate DCPS system capacity for which it is designed However it shall not be less than 25mm X 5mm 4 1 4 Earthing Two earth terminals shall be provided in the frame of the system The Contractor shall connect these earth terminals to the earth bus All modules and devices shall be connected to these earth terminals The hinged door if provided shall be connected to the panel with braided Cu at two points at least 4 1 5 Finish and Painting The finish of Steel Aluminum alloy structure and panels shall conform to relevant IS specification or equivalent international specifications The colour code scheme for Panel amp Door if provided shall be decided during detailed engineering 4 1 6 Marking and Labelling of Cables The Contractor shall propose a scheme for marking and labeling the inter panel cables by Halogen amp Silicon free labels of polyamide ensuring scratch proof labelling with the use of
65. resistant paint The suitable insulation shall be provided between stand frame and floor to avoid the grounding of the frame stand 4 5 Capacity Requirements When the battery is discharged at 10 hour rate it shall deliver 80 of C rated capacity corrected at 27 Celcius before any of the cells in the battery bank reaches 1 85V cell The battery shall be capable of being recharged from the fully exhausted condition 1 75 V cell within 8 hrs All the cells in a battery shall be designed for continuous float operation at the specified float voltage throughout the life Float voltage of each cell in the string shall be within the average float voltage cell 0 05V band The capacity corrected at 27 Celcius shall also not be less than C and not more than 120 of C Section 04 Page 16 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region before any cell in the battery bank reaches 1 75 V cell The battery voltage shall not be less than the following values when a fully charged battery is put to discharge at C 10 rate a After Six minutes of discharge 1 98V cell b After Six hours of discharge 1 92V cell c After 8 hours of discharge 1 85 V cell d After 10 hours of discharge 1 75V cell Loss in capacity during storage at an average
66. s factory by the Employer s representatives prior to shipping this equipment to the Contractor s facility or directly to the Employer e The above inspection rights shall also apply to sub Contractors supplying assemblies subassemblies and components However such items will normally be inspected and tested by the Employer s representatives at the Contractor s site before acceptance 6 2 Test Plans and Procedures Test plans and test procedures for both factory and site acceptance tests shall be provided by the Contractor Test plans and test procedures shall ensure that each factory and site test is comprehensive and verify all the features of the equipment to be tested Test plans and test procedures shall be modular to allow individual test segments to be repeated upon request The Contractor shall submit a Test Schedule for the Employer s approval within one 1 week after the award of contract for Type Tests and three 3 months after the award of contract for all other tests The test schedule shall list the tests to be carried out and the approximate test Section 06 Page 4 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region duration The test periods shall also be indicated in the PERT chart or equivalent for the work The Contractor
67. severity temperature TL 0 C TH As per table 5 1 Operation to specification range Cycle duration for each temperature is three 3 hours Page 11 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 4 Ramp 1 C minute 5 Acceptance Criteria The equipment shall meet the specified requirement and there shall not be any degradation in BER 6 3 2 1 2 Power Supply and EMI EMC tests The test procedure and acceptance criteria shall be as defined in IEC 60870 2 1 a Immunity Tests The list of Immunity tests are specified below in Table 6 4 Table 6 4 Recommended Immunity Tests S Immunity Test AC DC Control Telecom Para No IEC 1000 4 1 Power Power amp Line metres Supply Supply Signal 1 yore Yes Yes N A N A Table 11 of IEC Fluctuations 60870 2 1 1995 Voltage dips and Yes Yes N A N A Level 1 Interruptions 100 1300 us surge Yes Yes N A N A Table 12 of IEC 60870 2 1 1995 1 2 50 8 20 us Yes Yes Yes N A surges Table 12 of IEC Fast t t burst Y Y Y Y ast transient bursts es es es es 60870 2 1 1995 Damped oscillatory Level 4 waves Yes Yes Yes Yes 10 700 us surges N A N A N A Yes Electrostatic Table 13 of IEC discharge Y
68. shall be performance and card compatible with the Channel Bank Equipment provided so that all Subscriber Line Interface cards are interchangeable Table 3 3 CEPT E 1 Standard First Order Multiplexing Electrical Input Output Characteristics Applicable Standards CEPT per CCITT Recommendation G 702 G 703 G 711 and G 712 Number of Tributaries 30 X 64 Kbps n X 64 Kbps V 36 64Kb s_ V 11 V 36 2 048 Mb s 50 ppm HDB3 75 ohm unbalanced Alternative Sub rate Tributaries Output Aggregate Rate Interface Code Impedance Peak Level 120 ohm Peak Level 75 ohm Maximum Insertion Loss Signal Waveform Frame Structure Jitter Performance 3 0 volts 10 2 37 volts 10 6 db Per CCITT G 703 Per CCITT G 742 Per CCITT G 823 3 4 2 2 Channel Banks Mux Drop Insert User voice and data equipment interfacing requirements are defined at the subscriber line level Primary multiplexing in conformance with CEPT E 1 characteristics shall be used to provide first order multiplexing of up to thirty 64 Kbps channels supporting Subscriber Line Units SLUs Section 03 Page 16 of 29 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 3 4 2 3 Subscriber Line Units Subscriber Line Interface Cards The terms Subscriber Line Interface Cards
69. shall give the Employer twenty one 21 days written notice of any material being ready for testing Fifteen days prior to the scheduled testing the Employer shall provide written notice to the Contractor of any drawings equipment material or workmanship which in the Employer s opinion are not compliant to the specification The Contractor shall give due consideration to such objections if valid effecting the corrections as necessary or shall prove in writing that said modifications are unnecessary for contract compliance 6 2 1 Factory and Site Test Plans A test plan for factory and site acceptance tests shall be submitted for approval at least four 4 weeks before the start of testing The test plan shall be a single overview document that defines the overall schedule and individual responsibilities associated with conducting the tests documenting the test results and successfully completing the test criteria Test Plans shall include at a minimum the information contained in Table 6 1 Table 6 1 Factory amp field Test Plan Requirements Description Oa Test schedule l 2 Record keeping assignments procedures and forms 3 Procedures for monitoring correcting and retesting variances Procedures for controlling and documenting all changes made to the communications equipment after the start of testing 6 2 2 Test Procedures Test procedures for factory and site testing shall be submitted for the Employer
70. strength and ratings such as UTS slip strength etc shall be marked on the drawings The fittings and accessories described herein are indicative of installation hardware typically used for OPGW installations and shall not necessarily be limited to the following a Suspension Assemblies Preformed armour grip suspension clamps and aluminium alloy armour rods reinforcing rods shall be used The suspension clamps shall be designed to carry a vertical load of not less than 25 KN The suspension clamps slippage shall occur between 12KN and 17 KN as measured in accordance with type test procedures specified in Appendix Vol IL The Contractor shall supply all the components of the suspension assembly including shackles bolts nuts washers split pins etc The total drop of the suspension assembly shall not exceed 150 mm measured from the centre point of attachment to the centre point of the OPGW The design of the assembly shall be such that the direction of run of the OPGW shall be the same as that of the conductor b Dead End Clamp Assemblies All dead end clamp assemblies shall preferably be of performed armoured grip type and shall include all necessary hardware for attaching the assembly to the tower strain plates Dead end clamps shall allow the OPGW to pass through continuously without cable cutting The slip strength shall be rated not less than 95 of the rated tensile strength of the OPGW c Clamp Assembly Earthing Wire Ear
71. tests shall be done as defined in IEC Publication 60068 2 2 test method Bd with the following specifications 1 2 3 Test Duration The equipment is started up as soon as thermal equilibrium has been reached and operated for 96 hours Its performance is checked during the test and after the test as soon as the thermal equilibrium is reached at the room temperature Post test Degree of Severity Test shall be done at 55 C Acceptance Criteria Degradation of performance is allowable during the test however there shall be no degradation of performance in the post test e Damp Heat Test Damp heat testing reveals aging with respect to the humidity level and applies basically to electronic equipment This test shall be done as defined in IEC Publication 60068 2 3 with the following specifications 1 2 Test Duration The equipment is started up as soon as thermal equilibrium has been reached and operated for 10 days Its performance is checked during the test Acceptance Criteria The equipment shall meet the specified requirement and there shall not be any degradation in BER f Temperature Variation Test Temperature variation testing shall be as per IEC Publication 60068 2 14 Gradual Variations Method Nb The equipment shall be powered on and various parameters shall be monitored continuously during the test period 1 2 3 Section 06 Number of cycles required is five 5 The degree of
72. the documents approved in Cat I and Cat IV listed in table 8 1 The documents will be used by the Employer personnel for operating and maintaining the equipment after acceptance Until acceptance of the equipment by the Employer the Contractor shall be responsible for supplying documentation revisions or changes necessitated by inaccuracies installation requirements omissions determined by usage and design or production alterations to the equipment All changes shall be issued in the form of replacements for the affected drawings diagrams charts graphs tables lists and pages in the various documentation such that all documentation describes the equipment as delivered For all CAT I amp CAT IV approved documents listed in table except Type FAT amp SAT related seven 7 sets of the final approved documentation shall be provided to the Employer in CD ROM and two sets in hardcopy Section 8 Page 4 of 13 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region All final Contractor supplied documentation shall be easily reproducible by the Employer Section 8 Page 5 of 13 Table 8 1 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System
73. the performance of its tasks HELP commands for an application shall be available to the user from within the active application and shall not interfere with the activities of the application Section 03 Page 29 of 29 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 04 DC Power Supply System Index 4 1 General Technical Requirements for SMPS based DC power supply units 4 4 1 1 Operational Component Requirements ee eeeeeseceseeeseeeseecnseeeseenseeeeaees 4 42 Wii eenn a E aah cuabnag E E 5 41 3 BUs Balgairean aeaaea a a a e 5 ALA Eart eisene a a aaa R RER TE e E E TEE E 5 4 1 5 Finish and Paring oe seacscoisiccscivcaceesadinti selena desdaiascdscaedacbdeciantioadeeaiwneadeiiicciasiecas 5 4 1 6 Marking and Labelling of Cables cc ccccescuscdcesiuesencssdececeetnteainzeddeantedieestineees 5 4 17 Name PLANS snicssarsnasinesaaqrinvetancconsuisn n ee E A E EEEE E EE E EEE 5 4 1 8 System and Panel Configuration eeseeseseeseesesesreeresersrrsreesresrrsrresreseeseresee 6 4 1 9 System Configuration esseeseseeseesresesreesetsresressersrtsreestesrtsrresresseseresresseesrs 6 4 1 10 Constructional Features of Panel eeseeeeeeeeeseseeseeseeresserererressersrerrreseese 6 4 1 11 Electrical Requirements seseeseeeeeeseese
74. to components shall be identified by an unambiguous change to the marked revision level The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the master revision level list until the Section 05 Page 4 of 10 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Contractor has complied with all requirements of this specification Where custom components and parts are provided each component part shall be marked to specifically identify that component part Printed circuit card cages are defined as an equipment component and as such shall be clearly identified as stated within this specification Equipment chassis and printed circuit card cages having wired backplanes shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer s part number serial number month year of manufacture revision level and an additional identifier corresponding directly to the applicable backplane wiring diagram list 5 3 1 2 Power Distribution Power distribution panels shall be clearly marked with their unique identifier source feed information and remote source feed emergency disconnect location and identity Power distribution panel Main Disconnect and circuit breakers shall be clearly marked with a unique identifier Circuit breaker feed lists shall be clear accurate and the feed li
75. to demonstrate that it is entirely suitable for commercial operation 6 5 1 Minimum Site Acceptance Testing Requirement for FO Cabling Prior to installation every spooled fibre optic cable segment shall be tested for compliance with the Pre shipment data previously received from the manufacturer This requirement will preclude the installation of out of specification cable segments that may have been damaged during shipment 6 5 1 1 Phases of Site Acceptance Testing SAT shall be carried out link by link from FODP to FODP SAT may be performed in parts in case of long links The tests checks adjustments etc conducted by the Contractor prior to offering the equipment for SAT shall be called Pre SAT activities The Pre SAT activities shall be described in the installation manuals and Field Quality Plan documents Sag and tension of OPGW shall generally be as per approved sag tension chart and during installation sag and tension of OPGW shall be documented Upon completion of a continuous cable path all fibres within the cable path shall be demonstrated for acceptance of the cable path Fibre Optic cable site testing minimum requirements are provided in Table 6 20 a through 6 20 c below Table 6 20 a Fibre Optic Cable Pre Installation Testing Description Physical Inspection of the cable assembly for damage Optical fibre continuity and fibre attenuation with OTDR at 1550 nm Fibre Optic Cable length measurement using OTDR Tab
76. vendors address the Purchaser s destination address cable part number and specification as to the type of cable length number of fibres a unique drum number including the name of the transmission line amp segment no factory inspection stamp and date b Cable Drums All optical fibre cabling shall be supplied on strong drums provided with lagging of adequate strength constructed to protect the cabling against all damage and displacement during transit storage and subsequent handling during installation Both ends of the cable shall be sealed as to prevent the escape of filling compounds and dust amp moisture ingress during shipment and handling Spare cable caps shall be provided with each drum as required The spare cable shall be supplied on sturdy corrosion resistant steel drums suitable for long periods of storage and re transport amp handling There shall be no factory splices allowed within a continuous length of cable Only one continuous cable length shall be provided on each drum The lengths of cable to be supplied on each drum shall be determined by a schedule prepared by the Contractor Section 02 Page 7 of 17 F 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 2 1 2 7 OPGW cable installation requirements Most of th
77. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 6 Pailapool 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 7 Jiribam 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 8 Misa 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 9 Samaguri 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 10 Lakwat 1 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 11 Namrup 1 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Sub Total 11 6 10 8 12 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 16 16 16 16 0 11 8 mie 2 6 16 18 22 10 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 36 36 36 36 2 24 20 Note SDH Equipment considered in Central Sector Note Existing Microwave Locations Appendix A Page 9 of 11 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region o FIG A2 Proposed OPGW Network For North Eastern Region Fibre Optic Details Central Sector 398 AEGCL Portion 401 OPGW in other Project 346 Total Fibre Optic Length 1145 ARUNACHAL PRADESH 100 Q ITANAGAR p 4 SLDC w BHUTAN BALIPARA BONGAIGAON aS Fisssssegy 13 BTPS oT ata ec SLDC SARUSAJAI D STUA MYANMAR UMIAM aS a eee KHANDONG Va KOPILI RDCC une wee oc LIEHRIAT 6 RG MEGHALAYA Toi ma A PoR 4 i ha IMPHAL PG Adee BANGLADESH 7 ces SPONA P are E noe AH 45 s LEGEND AGARTALA gt AIZAWL PG Central Sector Sub Station MIZORAM Existing OPGW Links Prop
78. 0 1 0 3kgm shall be applied The radius of the intermediate piece shall be the reel drum radius 10 A permanent or temporary increase in optical attenuation value greater than 0 1 dB km change in sample shall constitute failure 10 Creep Test TEEE 1138 TEEE 1138 2009 AS per Aluminium 2009 Association Method the best fit straight line shall be fitted to the recorded creep data and shall be extrapolated to 25 years The strain margin of the cable at the end of 25 years shall be calculated The time when the creep shall achieve the strain margin limits shall also be calculated Fibre Strain IEEE 1138 Test 1994 TEEE 1138 1994 Strain Margin IEEE 1138 Test 2009 TEEE 1138 2009 IEEE 1138 2009 Stress strain IEEE 1138 2009 Test Cable Cut off IEEE 1138 wavelength 1994 Test Temperature IEEE 1138 TEEE 1138 2009 Cycling Test 2009 Or IEC 60794 1 2 Method F1 TEEE 1138 1994 Corrosion EIA TIA 455 16A Salt Spray Section 06 Page 20 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 6 9 Type tests for OPGW Cable S No Test Name tet 17 Tensile Performance Test 18 Fault Current Lightning Test 19 DC Resistanc
79. 2 End Of Table Page 13 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region c Insulation Withstand Voltages As per section 6 of IEC 60870 2 1 Recommended class VW1 of Table 18 6 3 2 1 3 Mechanical Tests a Mechanical Vibration Test The procedure for this test is described in IEC Publication 60068 2 6 The testing procedure shall be carried out in the sequence 8 1 8 2 1 8 1 as described in document 60068 2 6 For the vibration response investigation clause 8 1 of 60068 2 6 the test shall be carried out over a sweep cycle under the same conditions as for the endurance test described later but the vibration amplitude and the sweep rate may be decreased below these conditions so that the determination of the response characteristics can be obtained The endurance test conditions are selected according to the vibration withstand requirements Transportation tests shall be performed with the equipment packed according to the Contractor s specifications b Shock Test The procedure of this test is defined in IEC Publication 60068 2 27 each test with a semisinusoidal shape clause 3 1 1 2 The recommended severity shall be A 294 m s D 18 ms Three shocks per axis per direction shall b
80. 2isespaacoiasnaivouedeedactetiaaeacsnaratanioienedeeaneetienis 16 4 6 Expected Battery Lite vcciicaccisiacccsasieiassssdsnacsaansicnsesnsvedesanedacteansnedenseoaaesenioces 17 4 7 Routine Maintenance of Battery SysteM ese eeeeeeeeeeeneeceeeenseeeeeeeeneees 17 Section 04 Page 2 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 04 DC Power Supply System In order to provide reliable power supply to computer loads amp communication equipment at various locations the 48 V DC power supply system is to be provided as a part of this project This section describes the technical requirement of DC power supply amp associated Battery The DC Power Supply system shall be capable of meeting the load requirements for various Telecom equipments and other associated equipment located indoor i e at the substations and control centers The required load in Amps for each location alongwith the Battery capacity is indicated in the Appendix BoQ The rating of offered SMPS modules shall meet Employer s requirements of DCPS system as stipulated in the BoQ The field site DC Power supply system shall have a single DC power supply system as per conceptual configuration diagram given in Fig 4 1 shall be supplied Surge protection devices sh
81. 3 11 1 Operating System Software 28 3 11 2 Applications Software 28 3 11 3 Software Utilities 28 3 11 4 Revisions Upgrades Maintainability 28 3 11 5 Database s 29 3 11 6 Help 29 Section 03 Page 2 of 29 3 1 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 3 Network Configuration and Equipment Characteristics Introduction This section describes the Fibre Optic Communication network configuration and the equipment characteristics for communication system to be installed under the project The sub systems addressed within this section are 1 Fibre Optic Transmission System FOTS 2 Termination Equipment Subsystems 3 Network Management System NMS 4 MDF DDF and Cabling The requirements described herein are applicable to and in support of network configur
82. 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region link together with other data measured at each node shall be available on operator request b Monitor point to point amp end to end signal quality and history Provide operator controls to monitor performance of specified events measures and resources Specifically provide displays to permit the operator to I Select deselect network equipments events and threshold parameters to monitor 2 Set monitoring start time and duration or end time 3 Set monitoring sampling frequency 4 Set change threshold values on selected performance parameters 5 Generate alarm events when thresholds are exceeded 6 Set multiple thresholds on certain performance parameters Alarm categories include as a minimum a warning and a failure 7 Calculate selected statistical data to measure performance on selected equipment based on both current and historical performance data maintained in performance logs Performance data provided is limited to what is available from the equipment Contractors 8 Provide graphical displays of point to point and end to end current performance parameter values Provide tabular displays of current peak and average values for performance parameters 9 Generate reports on a daily weekly monthly and yearly basis conta
83. 8 Table of Compliance Bidder shall use one copy of Volume I Conditions of Contract and Volume II Technical Specifications to indicate compliance status with those volumes Within the right hand margin Bidder shall indicate compliance status to each paragraph along with a cross reference to its proposal and an index key for any explanation or comment In addition the Bidder shall annotate the Table of Contents of each of the above stated volumes to provide a high level summary of compliance status In both cases the following symbols and no others shall be used C Bid complies with all requirements in the adjacent paragraph A Bid is not compliant with the requirements in the adjacent paragraph but a functional alternative is proposed X Bid takes exception to the requirements of the adjacent paragraph and no functional alternative is proposed Only one symbol shall be assigned a paragraph and shall indicate the worst case level of compliance for that paragraph This annotation may be handwritten Bidder shall also underline on the compliance copy all requirements to which exceptions have been taken X or to which alternatives have been proposed A Each alternative shall be clearly and explicitly described Such descriptions shall use the same paragraph numbering as the bid document sections addressed by the alternatives All alternative descriptions shall be in one contiguous section of the Bidder s proposal preferabl
84. 85 2 Shamli 220 Saharanpur 220 220 71 3 Panki 400 Fatehpur 220 94 4 Other Region Verpal Raisheena 220 22 5 NR Mohali 132 Mohali 220 220 9 6 Pong Daswa 220 40 7 Kongo Dehar 220 3 8 Gangwal Bhakra 220 22 Sub Total 346 Grand Total 1145 Proposed Future Lines Appendix A Page 7 of 11 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table A 3 Site wise break up of Communication Equipments SDH Optical cards for SDH Eq up to 2 Dir Opucal cards kor ae a for more then Eqpt SDH 2 4 Cabi Async Cabinets S N Location _ ou ou nA OLI OLI aa ies TE hrono DACS pe MUX DA 9 directi SL S4 L4 L4 pto asi Ge Si S 14 L4 upto as n D Ki us CS Meee 1 1 2 150km 175k 4 1 1 2 150k 175k n on m m m Central Sector 1 Bongaigaon 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 BIPS 1 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 3 Aizawl PG 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 4 Silchar PG 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 5 Ghopur 1 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 6 oe 1 0 o 2 0 0 0 o o oflofol o 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 7 Namsai 1 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 0 1 1 8 Tinsukia 1 0 0 0 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2
85. A 5 2 EMERGENCY MEETING Whenever a major outage occurs in any part of the network an emergency meeting may be called if desired by POWERGRID In the meeting the outage will be discussed in the context of cause correction and prevention A 5 3 REPORTING PROCEDURE The purpose of report is to summarize the activities performed during the reporting period The report provides the information on the performance of the services and describes the current status of the network The report is a monthly report from Contractor to POWERGRID which shows the trends in the network and services provided by the Contractor By analysing the report data management and expert of POWERGRID and contractor are able to focus attention on the areas where further improvement is needed Emergency Reports Contractor reports to POWERGRID every time the emergencies call up and call out service is invoked In these cases on termination of the emergency all details of the fault and clearance information are submitted within five working days A 5 4 INTERFACE BETWEEN POWERGRID AND CONTRACTOR Contractor Interfaces Contractor shall submit detail of personnel deployed in the enclosed format through which all problems identified by POWERGRID are to be reported to contractor via duty phone Description Shillong Badarpur Mariyani Name Telephone Fax Email Co ordinator Telephone no Mobile no FAX No E mail address Section 07
86. ASA ATE 7 2 1 2 6 2 Metallic Members osaiccsinciinsainedaatcnctdncudactdneusncudcesinctdnattassduecdantduestaeuducueuctdeasiiedatweutee 7 2 1 2 6 3 Marking Packaging and SSI PIING a fees piece teaver icv tes ei eaveees eee ieee 7 2 1 2 7 OPGW cable installation requirement cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 8 2 1 2 8 Optical Ground Wire OPGW ccs ccosmevsscssachasantecssane cechacenmsdcedenedieucteadiestacsdiactias 8 2 122 841 Central Fibre Optic Unit secssteisaaecnctdectonetwestiactinntoen nmebiastdennosetwarsdaetieauaniwenboatiavnnes 9 2 1 2 8 2 Basic Construction 0cccccesecesedecesenecenedenescdenenenene cnedeteseucdenedenecsdedevenenes caetetenenndeten 9 2 1 2 8 3 Breaking Strength cin gcpeceteteveseteceecds teceveeededsaudetedeencadedvae ie tedeencetetaeeeetedieenedeteiengedace 9 2 1 2 8 4 Electrical and Mechanical Requirement ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 10 2 1 2 8 5 Operating conditions oie dccictsenascicrced cian ccsdseundindacinstwasenadeaotancendetuadensatimecwoouneteniad 10 2 1 2 8 6 4 go Fe e 1176 Neen mee Ten ee eee er eee 10 2 1 2 8 7 lnst llation HardWare ose sce tote tate ect tusyen bceebeietaen rape yoy beh ete been tape pede veyAED 11 Section 02 Page 1 of 17 F 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave
87. CADA Systems The Fibre Optic communication system shall support the data amp voice requirement for SCADA EMS Some of the RTUs channels are transported to Control Centre either through PLCC or through PLCC up to wideband node 1 6 General Responsibilities and Obligations This section describes the general responsibilities and obligations of the Contractor and the Employer Section 01 Page 8 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 1 6 1 Responsibilities for the Implementation Plan The Bidder s technical proposal shall include a project implementation plan and schedule that is consistent with the implementation plan detailed in the technical specification The implementation plan shall be modelled such that it provides Communication equipment system support for SCADA EMS system for the Project The Implementation plan shall include the activities of both the Contractor and the Employer showing all key milestones and clearly identifying the nature of all information and project support expected from the Employer The Employer and Contractor shall finalise the detailed Implementation plan following award of the contract 1 6 2 Contractor Responsibilities and Obligations The Contractor shall be responsible for implementation of Communic
88. DACS Se 1 0 1 Common cards Power supply cards power cabling other hardware amp accessories each D Pre Connectorized Optical Fiber Patch Set 9 9 4 Cords 10 Mtrs Pack of six Patch cords Note Suitable Optical Interface SFP or any other solution such as optical amplifier wavelength translator or higher aggregate bit rate SDH equipment may be offered to meet the link budget requirements without repeater Note One Set means one of each type of module unit card etc Note Include each type of optical base card which has been supplied under main quantity meeting the criteria of 10 spare Note Exclude those items sub items module cards etc which are covered under items1 B SDH Equipment ADM upto two directions Appendix B Page 10 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 2 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 6 BOQ of Mandatory spares for Auxiliary Power Supply Equipments Quantity i Item Description Unit CS AEGCL TOTAL 1 MCCB MCB 2P Contactor Timer Relay of each type amp cel Of oi 02 rating as applicable 2 Single Pole MCBs for outgoing DC Feeders Nos 05 05 10 3 Electronic Printed Circuit Board Card of each type all cards module including SMPS Set 01 01 02 Module DC Power Su
89. DVD RW drive 160 GB Hard Disk Drive keyboard mouse trackball etc parallel serial USB 2 0 ports to accommodate printers and Internal external Data Fax modem and a battery back up of at least 60 minutes VDUs shall be 15 TFT active matrix color LCD with a minimum resolution of 1024 X 768 3 10 2 Peripherals and hardware TMN system shall be provided with laser printer The laser printer shall have a minimum print speed of 17 pages per minute and a minimum resolution of 1200 x 1200 dpi The laser printer shall have parallel and LAN ports for connecting to TMN system The laser printer under this specification shall be black amp white and include print enhanced buffering to prevent loss of print data in the event of a print failure Section 03 Page 27 of 29 E Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 3 10 3 Local Remote Operator Consoles The Contractor shall provide operator consoles sized and equipped to support the subsystem s furnished and in compliance with the specification The console shall provide hardware interfacing for the TMN users to the software operating support systems At a minimum a console shall include the hardware similar to a workstation 3 10 4 Power Supplies The TMN system shall use 220 volts 50 Hz A C or 48
90. Km towards approach cable for calculating the link length The exact cable lengths shall be determined by the Contractor during the survey The same shall be used by the Contractor for final link design during the detailed engineering of the project In case of change in the specified BoQ the contract price shall be adjusted accordingly Fibre Optic Transmission System The Fibre Optic Transmission System FOTS is defined herein to include ETSI digital optical line termination equipment The FOTS shall be based on SDH technology Minimum aggregate bit rate shall be STM 4 and equipped with 2 nos of minimum 16 port El interface G 703 card amp one no of minimum 4 port Ethernet interface IEEE 802 3 IEEE 802 3u card supporting layer 2 switching as tributaries The Ethernet interfaces shall support VLAN IEEE 802 1P Q spanning tree IEEE 802 1D quality of service Protection scheme for Ethernet traffic should be ERPS based Ethernet ring protection scheme as per ITU T G 8032 The Contractor shall provide supply and install connectorised jumpers patch cords for FODP to equipment and equipment to equipment connection Two number spare jumpers shall be provided for each equipment connection Fiber jumpers shall be of sufficient lengths as to provide at least 0 5m of service loop when connected for their intended purpose 3 3 1 SDH Equipment 3 3 1 1 Functional Requirement There is a requirement for different types of equipment under th
91. L OLTE FEATURES As per Technical As per Bidder Offering Seq Parameter Specifications 1 SDH hierarchy level STM 4 Capacity Aggregate Bit rate 622 Mbps CEPT E 1 252 x E1 Ports 2 Is the equipment upgradable to Yes STM 16 by changing optical line cards only 3 No of minimum protected MSP Two directions supported 4 No of ports in E1 tributary cards minimum 16 E1 ports 5 No of ports in Ethernet interface minimum 4 tributary cards 6 Service Channel provision Yes a Voice Channel Minimum 1 b Data Channel Minimum 1 7 Power Supply amp Converters card of SDH equipment Common Control Card of SDH equipment 1 1 APS or distributed power supply 1 1 APS Common Control Cards which are essentially required for the operation of the equipment Appendix D DRS Page 4 of 5 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region DRS Form 04 DATA REQUIREMENTS SHEETS for Drop Insert MULTIPLEXERS Manufacturer Model Configuration RA par As per Bidder Seq Parameter Technical eS Offering Specification 1 Output Aggregate Rate 2 048 Mbps 50 ppm 2 Interface Code HDB3 3 Impedance 75 ohm unbalanced 4 Maximum Insertion Loss 6 dB 5 Power Supply
92. LIN eee Co O Oo Ee eee ee 11 Checking AC Current 12 Checking of DC Voltage To Cd 13 Checking of earthing oo 14 Battery voltage resistance measurement done FP amp enclosed Cisisiz Load test done on batteries as enclosed 1 16 Check functioning of hooter Buzzer Alarm Annunciation 1 P arameters checked in SCADA system Po Proper guidance given for normal day to day operation Suggessions from Contractor Remarks from Customer CONSTITUENT POWERGRID representative Section 07 Page 29 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Form V CONTRACT NO DATE DESCRIPTION OF JOB CONTRACTOR BIO DATA OF CONTRACTOR S EMPLOYEES NAME AGE TRADE RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS TEMPORARY PERMANENT LANGUAGES KNOWN SPEAK READ WRITE QUALIFICATION TRAINING IN SAFETY HEALTH ENVIRONMENT QUALITY TRADE JOB EXPERIENCE PHOTO DATE SIGNATURE Section 07 Page 30 of 30 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 08 Documentation and Deliverables Index 8 1 System Function
93. Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region e The no fibre strain condition is defined as fibre strain of less than or equal to 0 05 as determined by direct measurements through IEC ETSI FOTP specified optical reflectometry techniques The Cable strain margin is defined as the maximum cable strain at which there is no fibre strain The cable Maximum Allowable Tension MAT is defined as the maximum tension experienced by the Cable under the worst case loading condition The cable max strain is defined as the maximum strain experienced by the Cable under the worst case loading condition The cable Every Day Tension EDT is defined as the maximum cable tension on any span under normal conditions The Ultimate Rated Tensile Strength UTS RTS breaking strength is defined as the maximum tensile load applied and held constant for one minute at which the specimen shall not break While preparing the Sag tension charts for the OPGW cable the following conditions shall be met The Max Allowable Tension MAT max strain shall be less than or equal to the MWT Strain margin of the cable The sag shall not exceed the earth wire sag in all conditions The Max Allowable Tension shall also be less than or equal to 0 4 times the UTS The 25 year creep at 25 of UTS creep test as per IEEE 1138 shall be such that the 25 year creep plus the cable strain a
94. Page 21 of 30 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Details to be provided later Contacts in POWERGRID Name Responsibility Phone Phone number Fax number E number office mail address Residence mobile Section 07 Page 22 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region EVENT REPORT FORM Event Report No Date Station Constituent Form I Affected Path Fault Description A Event start time as per NMS date B Reporting time by NMT date REPORT i Failure within contractor system Yes No If No then date ii Entrance to site and room for rectification date iii Rectification start time by Contractor date iv Fault fixed date Total Outage time time time time time time time Comments Faulty unit S1 No New Unit SI No Date POWERGRID CONSTITUENT Contractor Section 07 Page 23 of 30 START STATUS FORM Start Date Station Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technic
95. Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Volume IT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INDEX Section Introduction General Information amp General Requirement Section 2 OPGW cabling and associated hardware amp fittings Section 3 Network Configuration and Equipment Characteristics Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8 DC Power Supply System Environment EMI Power Supply Cabling and Earthing Inspection Test and Availability Training and Support Services Documentation and Deliverables Section 9 Project Management Schedule and Implementation plan Appendix A General Information Appendix B Bill of Quantity BOQ Appendix C Data Requirement Sheets Index Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 01 Introduction amp General Information Index 1 1 Project Overview 2 1 2 Existing Communication System 3 1 3 Proposed Communication Syste
96. The offered items shall be designed to operate in varying environments Adequate measures shall be taken to provide protection against rodents contaminants pollutants water amp moisture lightning amp short circuit vibration and electro magnetic interference etc The Contractor shall demonstrate a specified level of performance of the offered fibre optic cables amp associated hardware amp fittings during well structured factory tests and field tests Section 01 Page 7 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region All equipment provided shall be designed to interface with other equipment and shall be supporting all present requirements and spare capacity requirement identified in the technical specifications The bidders are advised to visit sites routes at their own expense prior to the submission of proposal and make surveys and assessments as deemed necessary for proposal submission The successful bidder Contractor is required to visit all sites The site visits routes shall include all necessary surveys to allow the contractor to perform the design and implementation functions The Contractor shall inform their site route survey schedule to the Employer well in advance The site route survey schedule shall be finalised in consu
97. Upgradability and Expandability Equipment supplied shall be sized though not necessarily equipped to support system subsystem expansion to full capacity as provided by specified aggregate transmission rates Equipment units provisioned for equipped subunits shall be terminated at appropriate patching facilities or termination blocks Power supplies and TMN shall be sized for maximum equipped system capacity 3 2 3 4 Equipment Availability The availability requirements is categorised in two parts The Contractor shall ensure the availability for subscriber to subscriber where they are providing the new equipments MUX Drop Insert under this contract The availability requirements are as follows which shall be demonstrated at site for the equipments being provided under this contract A New nodes with requirement of both SDH amp Mux equipment 1 The availability of each fibre optic link E1 to E1 shall be at least 99 999 2 The availability of network end to end E1 to E1 shall be at least 99 998 3 The average per link subscriber to subscriber availability shall be at least 99 97 The per link subscriber to subscriber availability is defined as the availability between any two data or voice subscribers between RTU to reporting Control Centre and between control centres 4 The network wide subscriber to subscriber availability shall be atleast 99 8 The network wide subscriber to subscriber availability is defined as the ava
98. a Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region DRS Form 2 DATA REQUIREMENTS SHEETS for OPTICAL FIBRE DUAL WINDOW SINGLE MODE DW SM OPTICAL PARAMETERS Parameter As per Technical As per Bidder Specifications offering Fibre manufacturer s T ype Attenuation Coefficient 1310 n 1550 nm Point discontinuity 1310nm 1550nm Chromatic Dispersion Coefficient km 1310 1288 1339 nm 3 5 ps nmx 1310 1271 1360 nm 5 3 ps nmxkm 1550 nm 18 ps nmxkm Zero dispersion wavelength 1300 to 1324 nm 7 _ Cut off wavelength lt 1260 nm Physical and Mechanical Properties 8 6 to 9 5 um 0 6 ym B Bend Performance 37 5 mm radius 100 turns lt 0 05 dB 1310 nm 30 mm radius 100 turn 1550 nm lt 0 05 dB 16mm radius 1 turn 1550nm lt 0 50 dB 11 Proof test level 20 69 Gpa Appendix D DRS Page 3 of 5 L pite Tbe i y eae 1 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region DRS Form 03 DATA REQUIREMENTS SHEETS for OPTICAL LINE TERMINATION EQUIPMENT OLTE Manufacturer Model GENERA
99. a particular site shall be described based on this document in site by site documentation to be submitted later Approach Cable Cat I amp FODP layout For each site To describe the layout of document site approach cable at each site and i the floor plan of the FODP 31 Training System document An advance copy of all Manuals training material IV Maintenance System document Shall cover breakdown Philosophy amp maintenance procedures Procedures preventive maintenance IV schedules and procedures SAT reports Per Link and per location OO o e Note To be reviewed amp approved by site Section 8 Page 11 of 13 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 8 2 a Expected Contents amp Structure of Equipment Installation Manual 1 Installation Description of activities of installation gangs Preparation amp procedure Setting up Precautions for preventing damage etc shall be highlighted 2 Safety Instructions Instructions amp procedures related to ensuring installation crew safety personnel grounding amp safety installation equipment safety Safety for power system amp environment 3 Description of Sketches drawings photographs safe working ratings of Installation inst
100. a single 2 048 Mbps E 1 digital bit stream Digital Drop Insert and Branching Equipment shall be used to digitally interface a small number of channels at spur locations without requiring successive D A and A D conversions of the throughput channels Digital Cross connect Equipment DACS shall be used to provide software controlled dynamic routing rerouting of the primary E 1 bit stream as well as the 30 channels of the E1 bit stream The equipment shall also have an interface for external 2048 kHz synchronisation signal according to ITU T Recommendation G 703 Section 03 Page 15 of 29 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 3 4 2 First Order Primary Multiplexing The Contractor shall be required to provide E 1 Drop amp Insert Multiplexer and E 1 Channel Bank primary multiplexing in compliance with the electrical input output characteristics provided in Table 3 3 3 4 2 1 Drop amp Insert Primary Multiplexing Drop amp Insert primary multiplexing in conformance with CEPT E 1 characteristics shall be required at locations where the subscriber requirement is minimal The drop and insertion of up to thirty 64 Kbps channels supporting subscriber line units SLU shall be required at intermediate locations The Drop amp Insert Muxes supplied
101. actory acceptance tests shall be 10 of the batch size minimum 2 for FO cable drums FODPs Joint box and other similar items Since FAT testing provides a measure of assurance that the Quality Control objectives are being met during all phases of production the Employer reserves the right to require the Contractor to investigate and report on the cause of FAT failures and to suspend further Section 06 Page 30 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region testing approvals until such a report is made and remedial actions taken as applicable 6 4 2 Production Testing Production testing shall mean those tests which are to be carried out during the process of production by the Contractor to ensure the desired quality of end product to be supplied by him The production tests to be carried out at each stage of production shall be based on the Contractor s standard quality assurance procedures The production tests to be carried out shall be listed in the Manufacturing Quality Plan MQP along with information such as sampling frequency applicable standards acceptance criteria etc The production tests would normally not be witnessed by the Employer However the Employer reserves the right to do so or inspect the production testing recor
102. age under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region APPENDIX C Data Requirement Sheets Appendix D DRS Page 1 of 5 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region h eae ie Ji j Appendix C Data Requirement Sheets The following sets of Data Requirement Sheets are required to be filled up by the bidders to aid in the evaluation process The response shall be brief and to the point and shall be supported by the printed product description and other literature The same DRS format duly filled and the relevant drawings shall also be submitted during the detailed engineering along with the relevant technical brochures DRS Form 1 DATA REQUIREMENTS SHEETS for OVERHEAD FIBRE OPTIC CABLE OPTICAL GROUND WIRE OPGW Manufacturer Part Configuration Seq Parameter AS per Technical As per Bidder Offering Specifications No of Fibres Dual Window Single Mode ai Buffer Type Loose Tube Buffer Tube material Non metallic Le No of Buffer Tubes Minimum Two 2 4 5 No of Fibres per buffer Tube Maximum Twelve 12 6 Expected Cable Life 25 Year Appendix D DRS Page 2 of 5 Power Grid Corporation of Indi
103. akdown and to carry out replacement maintenance of susceptible or failed components Consistent with the proposed spare parts strategy the bidder shall provide a list of Recommended Spare Parts which may be required over and above the spares listed in Mandatory Spare parts list to support system availabilities specified in specifications during a one year period This list of spares shall be called the Recommended Spare Parts List The Recommended spare parts list shall not be considered for evaluation and may be included in the final scope of supply The Bid shall include the following minimum information for the recommended spare parts Original manufacturer and part number Name and Description Either theoritical or empirical MTBF of the unit Number of units in each set Total number of sets to be provided per Employer Owner ee a Sa The unit as well as set prices shall be provided for each subsystem set item of the spare parts list in the appropriate Bid Price Schedule 7 3 3 Test Equipment Appendix B provides mandatory test equipment requirements to be provided The parameters features of the mandatory equipments are enumerated in Table 7 2 below Section 07 Page 7 of 30 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 7 2
104. al Description Document 8 2 System Documentation 8 3 Supplementary Documentation 8 4 Test Documentation 8 5 Drawings 8 6 Drawing and Document Approval Procedure 8 7 Final Documentation Section 8 Page 1 of 13 E Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd E s Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 08 Documentation and Deliverables This section describes the documentation requirements and provides a list of deliverable that the telecommunication system Contractor shall provide to the Employer Complete documentation necessary for the operation and maintenance of the communication system is required All the documentation shall be provided in hard copy and also on CD ROMs in full compliance with the specification Conditions pertaining to Document Review and Approval Rights and Document Submission Sched
105. al Network Management training requirements Training aids for each course shall include the Operator s User Manual for each type of equipment Operator training that is a standard part of the maintenance training will be applicable Section 07 Page 4 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 7 1 Network Management System Training Item 2 System generation and configuration procedures including memory allocation Operating system concepts including resource allocation priority level processing performance monitoring diagnostic messages and restoration procedures Utilities techniques and equipment used for editing debugging testing integrating expanding and documenting new programs and subsequent implementation in software and or firmware Concepts and techniques for generating modifying and saving database CRT displays and reports 7 1 6 Training Course Requirements This section describes general requirements that apply to all training courses The Contractor shall submit the training proposal along with the bid The training content schedule and location shall be finalised during project execution 7 1 6 1 Class Size The Employer Owner plans to send a number of participants to the training co
106. al Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Form II Page 1 Report no Time 10 00 Hrs Description 10 Special test conditions or action Attachments Initials POWERGRID Section 07 Contractor Page 24 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Form III FORMAT TO BE FILLED DURING SEMI ANNUAL SITE VISIT 1 SITE INFORMATION Site name Jon nen nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nnn nn nen Address Jee eenennan nena nnanen nena nnanannenannanannenaneasannenan Contact Person Telephone amp Fax 2 GENERAL CLEANLINESS Communication room air conditioner e Is air conditioner on Yes No e Are filters clean Yes No e Is air conditioner cooling O K OK NOT OK e Action Required by POWEGRID Constituent Communication room cleanliness e Check if communication room is in good condition Over all e Check if regular cleaning of telecom room done e Check if room is manned
107. all be installed in the DCPS panel to provide adequate protection against current and voltage transients introduced on input mains AC due to load switching and low energy lightning surges These protection devices shall be in compliance with IEC 61312 IEC 61024 and VDE 0100 534 for following surges It shall be provided with Class B amp C type surge protection device The device must be provided with Class B type lightning current arrester Switching Type with a discharge current capacity of at least 50 kA 10 350 us and Class C type surge arrester linear device as per IEC 61643 1 The blind spots shall be avoided in accordance to IEC 61312 The Class C surge protection device should be pluggable type equipped with features of thermal disconnection amp health indication and potential free contacts for surge arrestors connected between phase amp neutral The surge protection device shall comply to IEC 61643 a Lightning Electromagnetic impulse and other High Surges Class B Between Requirement Ph amp N Timp 50 kA 10 350 uS for each phase N amp PE Timp 100 kA 10 350 uS Iimp Value of Lightning Impulse Current Rated input voltage of Class B surge arrestors shall not be less than 320 V b Low Voltage Surges Class C Between Requirement Ph amp N I gt 10 kA 8 20 uS for each phase Section 04 Page 3 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications
108. all conduct this overview training The Employer shall review and approve the contents of the overview training at least four 4 weeks prior to the course 7 1 2 Supervision Maintenance and Installation Crew Training at Site The Installation Supervision amp Maintenance training course shall enable the trainees to effectively supervise the fibre optic cable installation work from an Employer perspective particularly with respect to installation quality checks and safety procedures The training shall cover FO cable handling techniques stringing and installation jointing amp splicing OTDR use and OTDR trace analysis operation preventive maintenance troubleshooting procedures corrective maintenance and expansion procedures It shall also cover an appreciation of restorative procedures required after any likely cable failure such as cable breaks due to storms or falling trees installation hardware failures or misalignments Installation crew training shall be predominantly hands on training courses provided for a group of persons The intent of this training is to enable Employer to undertake maintenance amp restoration work in case of cable breaks or other such failures The Contractor shall submit for approval a detailed proposal for this training as per the agreed documentation schedule The proposal shall include information such as proposed number of trainees trainee profile course duration training facilities and methodology
109. all supply preferably a single TMN for all the NEs Network Elements such as SDH equipment Mux Drop Insert DACS etc In case a single TMN can not be provided for all the NEs the contractor may supply separate TMNs Each of the offered TMN shall meet the Section 03 Page 21 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region requirements indicated in this section The bidder shall provide details of the offered TMN in the bid 3 7 1 Applicable Standards The TMN design concept functional and informational architecture and physical architecture shall be in compliance with ITU T Recommendation M 3010 3 7 2 TMN Architecture The TMN shall provide a Collection of Management data from all Network Elements NEs supplied under this package The minimum monitoring and control requirements for the communication equipment shall be as defined in this section b Processing of above management data by using processor s located at control Centre and additional intermediate station processor s wherever required c Monitoring and control of the NEs as defined below D TMN system at RLDC including local operator console shall support management of all equipments supplied under Central Sector System and monitoring of the entire regional networ
110. allation equipment tools amp tackles etc handling Equipment instructions amp precautions 4 Cable routing Illustrations of the various possible cable routing Intra cabinet and inter cabinet within the same room and located in different rooms buildings etc methods 5 References References to other related documents covering the installation jointing amp testing such as SAT administrative amp functional test plans amp test procedures Field Quality Plan amp Field Quality Audit Storage amp Handling Instructions Drawings technical parameters DRS etc Employer amp Statutory safety rules safety manuals standards codes of practices etc Section 8 Page 12 of 13 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 8 2b Expected Contents amp Structure of FO Cable Installation Manual for Overhead FO cable Installation procedure Description of activities of installation gangs Preparation amp Setting up Stringing sagging attaching hardware attaching down lead clamps amp cable routing on the tower securing cable ends for protection before work by jointing gang Precautions for preventing cable damage shall be highlighted Safety Instructions Instructions amp procedures related to ensuring
111. ambient temperature of 35 Celsius for a period of 6 months shall not be more than 60 and the cell battery shall achieve 85 of its rated capacity within 3 charge discharge cycles and full rated capacity within 5 cycles after the storage period of 6 months Voltage of each cell in the battery set shall be within 0 05V of the average voltage throughout the storage period Ampere hour efficiency shall be better than 90 and watt hour efficiency shall be better than 80 4 6 Expected Battery Life The battery shall be capable of giving more than 1200 charge discharge cycles at 80 Depth of discharge DOD at an average temperature of 27 Celsius DOD Depth of Discharge is defined as the ratio of the quantity of electricity in Ampere hour removed from a cell or battery on discharge to its rated capacity The battery sets shall have a minimum expected operational life of 5 years at normal operating conditions or 1200 charge discharge cycles whichever is early 4 7 Routine Maintenance of Battery system For routine maintenance of battery system the contractor shall supply one set for each Constituent of following tools a Torque wrench b Tool for opening closing of pressure regulation valve of battery 4 8 Testing requirements The Contractor shall submit type test reports for the battery for the same make model amp rating as offered as per the IEC 60896 or equivalent IS EN BS TEC standards In the event the type test reports for e
112. an be completed within the time schedule offered in his Technical Proposal 0 g In case of failure during any type test the Supplier is either required to manufacture a fresh sample lot and repeat all type tests successfully or repeat that particular type test s at least three times successfully on the samples selected from the already manufactured lot at his own expenses In case a fresh lot is manufactured for testing then the lot already manufactured shall be rejected 6 3 1 Type Test Samples The Contractor shall supply equipment material for sample selection only after the Quality Assurance Plan has been approved by the Employer The sample material shall be manufactured strictly in accordance with the approved Quality Assurance Plan The Contractor shall submit for Employer approval the type test sample selection procedure The Section 06 Page 8 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region selection process for conducting the type tests shall ensure that samples are selected at random At least three samples of each of the proposed equipment shall be offered for selection out of which one sample for each equipment shall be selected 6 3 2 List of Type Tests The type testing shall be conducted on the following equipment a
113. and Subscriber Line Units have been used interchangeably throughout the specification Multiple configurations of SLUs shall be required to provide subscriber to primary multiplexer Bank interfacing for a variety of voice and data communications In case there are changes in number or type of cards because of changes in channel requirements the contract price shall be adjusted accordingly The SLU interface requirements are discussed in the following subparagraphs A Voice Channels The voice channel requirement is for I 4 Wire E amp M trunking in support of PABX trunks amp PLC VF and II 2 Wire telephonic interfaces 2 wire SLUs shall be DTMF TP optioned for 2 wire loop start or 2 wire GND start The voice cards shall utilize ITU T A law companded PCM G 711 64 kbits s encoding The voice card requirements are indicated in the BoQ in appendices B Sub Channel Data Multiplexing For this Project the RTU data interface to the wideband telecommunications network node shall be defined at the DTE level at low speed rates of 300 600 and 1200 baud The Contractor shall be required to furnish 64 Kbps SLU asynchronous dataplexing for at least 4 selectable low speed DTE interfaces whenever multiple asynchronous data circuits are required C Synchronous Data The Contractor shall provide a direct DTE interface for synchronous communications at speed of 64Kbps and compatible with CCITT G 703 Kbit s V 35 and X 21 interfaces Data rate se
114. and install all required primary power distribution sourced from the distribution panels The Contractor shall also be responsible for Load Balancing The Contractor is responsible for all inter rack enclosure and intra rack enclosure power distribution required to support equipment supplied under this specification The Contractor shall provide all cabling fusing switching and circuit breaker and surge protection required Partially equipped subsystems shall be installed with provision for expansion Equipment power supplies provided under this specification shall be sized to support fully equipped subsystems Primary power distribution protection shall be sized to support and protect maximum operating load potential whether or not the actual projected load shall meet that maximum load potential The Contractor shall provide equipment and rack safety earthing in compliance with this specification 5 3 Equipment Construction Assembly and Installation All equipment supplied under this specification shall be constructed assembled and installed in accordance with the following requirements 5 3 1 Identification All cabling racks enclosures equipment modules and materials shall be uniquely identifiable as per the following 5 3 1 1 Equipment Each equipment component to the level of printed circuit card shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer s part number serial number month year of manufacture and revision level Changes
115. and mean time to repair MTTR of all of the components on the link The Contractor shall indicate in the analysis the MTBF and MTTR and the resulting availability of each point to point link For this analysis an MTTR of at least 4 hours shall be assumed General Equipment Characteristics All Contractor supplied equipment shall be new and of the finest production quality The Employer will not accept modules or printed circuit boards that are modified by appending wires or components Wired strapping options shall be incorporated in the board design to meet the above requirement All applicable requirements stated in this section shall equally apply to the TMN equipment as specified in this Section 3 2 4 1 Revision Levels and Modifications All hardware firmware and software delivered as part of the communications network shall be field proven and at the most of current revision level All modifications and changes necessary to meet this requirement shall be completed prior to the start of the factory tests or under special circumstances on written approval by Employer prior to the completion of SAT All field modifications of the hardware firmware and software that is required to meet installation and or performance specifications shall be fully documented as part of the deliverables both as a separate field modifications record and as corrected equipment configuration documentation Section 03 Page 7 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corpora
116. approval at least four 4 weeks before each individual test Fully approved test procedures shall be submitted to the Employer at least four weeks prior to the commencement of testing Testing shall not commence without approved test procedures At a minimum test procedures shall include the items listed in Table 6 2 All test equipment and or instruments shall bear calibration stickers indicating valid calibration on and beyond the testing date The time lapsed since last calibration shall not exceed the test equipment jig manufacturer recommended calibration interval or the interval recommended in the test lab s internal quality procedures The Contractor shall ensure that all testing will be performed by qualified testing personnel well experienced in performing such tests Section 06 Page 5 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 6 2 Test Procedure Requirements 4 Purpose ofeach testsegment oS Description of any special test conditions or special actions required This includes complete descriptions listings and user interface procedures for all special hardware and software tools and or display formats to be used during the test Test setup including test configuration block diagrams and or illustrations O8
117. are required for above interfacing shall be provided by the Contractor The bidders shall describe in the proposal the TMN data transport proposed to be used by the bidder in detail including capacity requirements and various components equipment proposed to be used 3 9 Craft Terminal Each equipment SDH equipment Mux Drop Insert and DACS etc on the fibre optic communication network shall include provision for connecting a portable personal computer PC to be known as craft terminal to support local commissioning and maintenance activities Through the use of this PC and local displays controls the operator shall be able to a Change the configuration of the station amp the connected NEs b Perform tests c Get detailed fault information Section 03 Page 26 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd y Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region The craft terminal shall be connected to the interface available in the communication equipment Portable laptop computers Craft terminals each complete with necessary system and application software to support the functions listed above shall be supplied to the employer as per BOQ given in the appendices 3 10 Hardware Requirements 3 10 1 Master Processor Server Workstation and Craft Terminal The server workstation and
118. arties The Communication System Package contractor shall be responsible for OPGW cable testing before handing over of OPGW cable drums and after installation of OPGW cable in presence of Transmission Line Package Contractor The splicing testing and commissioning shall be carried out by the Communication System Package Contractor Usage of the OPGW cable along with hardware amp accessories for other Projects within India The Employer reserves the right to divert the OPGW cable along with associated hardware amp accessories for requirement in any other Project on replenishment basis The OPGW drum schedule and associated hardware amp accessories BoQ shall be provided by the employer for the quantity required for diversion inline with the main quantity The payment shall be made on the basis of route length as specified for main quantities The installation of replenished OPGW amp associated hardware accessories shall be done by the Contractor inline with the main quantity The various sections of this specifications defines the survey design performance installation testing amp implementation for the fibre optic cable system Part II Terminal Equipment System The broad scope of the procurement of this part include the survey planning design engineering manufacturing supply transportation insurance delivery at site unloading handling storage installation termination testing training and demonstration for acceptan
119. ate satisfactorily within this range The power supply exists at wideband locations where Fibre Optic Communication links are to be implemented inlieu of existing digital microwave system However at new wideband nodes the Section 05 Page 3 of 10 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region contractor shall be responsible for providing the power supply to the communication equipment 5 2 3 Power Distribution and Protection The Employer will furnish only one source primary 240 VAC and or 48 VDC power It shall be the Contractor s responsibility for the connection and distribution of all Primary AC and 48V dc source power in full compliance with all local and national electrical codes The Employer shall indicate during the survey by Contractor on the primary source the feeders points that can be used by the Contractor The Contractor shall supply amp install Primary AC and 48Vdc feeder cables to Contractor furnished distribution panels The Contractor shall provide required distribution panels circuit breakers and appropriate Panel Disconnects Distribution Panel feeders Panel Disconnects distribution panels and circuit breakers shall be sized and equipped to support at least 100 expanded load requirements The Contractor shall provide
120. ation Instructions to check that the assembly is correctly fitted and is the same that will be carried out during installations Section 06 Page 21 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Part 1 The suspension assembly shall be increased at a constant rate up to a load equal to 50 of the specified minimum Failure Load increased and held for one minute for the test rig to stabilise The load shall then be increased at a steady rate to 67 of the minimum Failure Load and held for five minutes The angle between the cable the Suspension Assembly and the horizontal shall not exceed 16 This load shall then be removed in a controlled manner and the Protection Splice disassembled Examination of all the components shall be made and any evidence of visual deformation shall be documented Part 2 The Suspension clamp shall then be placed in the testing machine The tensile load shall gradually be increased up shall gradually be increased up to 50 of the specified Minimum Failure Load of the Suspension Assembly and held for one minute for the Test Rig to stabilise and the load shall be further increased at a steady rate until the specified minimum Failure Load is reached and held for one minute No fracture should occur during this perio
121. ation System Package The Contractor shall be responsible for all cables and wiring associated with the equipment provided both inside and outside buildings in accordance with technical specifications The Contractor shall also be responsible for determining the adequacy of the local power source for the equipment and for wiring to it with adequate circuit protective breakers In addition the Contractor shall be responsible for shielding equipment and cabling to eliminate potential interference to or from the equipment and for earthing all cabinets and shields The Contractor s obligations include but are not limited to the following 1 Provide a working system that meets the functional and performance requirements of this specification 2 Obtaining statutory clearances from regulatory bodies statutory bodies such as municipality highway authority electrical utilities forest department gas authorities etc on behalf of Employer as detailed in technical specifications 3 Engineering and design specific to each location including review of and conformance with local environmental and earthing requirements 4 Inputs for finalisation of installation and safety guidelines and procedures for the stringing mechanical installation as required 5 Development of installation guidelines and procedures for the stringing mechanical installation and splicing of all Overhead Fibre Optic Cable including testing and documentation
122. ation block diagrams rack cabinet elevation Section 8 Page 7 of 13 Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Table 8 1 Documentation Plan for Communication Equipment Package S Document No Channel Routing Synchronisation Plan Configuration Diagrams NMS Description Document Factory Acceptance tests test plan procedures and report format Factory acceptance test report Transportation amp Handling Procedures Section 8 Applicable Equipments Item Whole Network Whole Network Whole Network For all items to be supplied For all Factory acceptance tests Brief Description drawings air conditioning and power supply requirements and power supply distribution and earthing system details E1 level Plan subscriber voice and data channels plan for whole network Locations of clocks depiction of all interfaces flow of sychronising signal Network configuration Link wise and site wise equipment configuration NMS configuration Functional description of Hardware Description of all commonly used and major functions in detail Reference User Maintenance Manuals Interfaces and channel requirements and routing This document shall include the list of Site acceptance tests the admi
123. ations depicted in Appendix and Network Management System NMS for monitoring and control of this communication network TMN and NMS have been interchangeably used in this specification The security related requirements of the equipment shall be as per DoT Department of Telecommunication guidelines and all similar security requirements as amended by DoT on time to time basis shall be followed complied by the vendor at no additional cost to Employer till the implementation of the project The manufacturer shall allow the Employer and or its designated agencies to inspect the hardware software design development manufacturing facility and supply chain and subject all software to a security threat check any time during the supplies of equipment The contractor shall ensure that the supplied equipments have been got tested as per relevant contemporary Indian or International Security Standards e g IT and IT related elements against ISO IEC 15408 standards for Information Security Management System against ISO 27000 series Standards Telecom and Telecom related elements against 3GPP security standards 3GPP2 security standards etc from any international agency labs of the standards e g Common Criteria Labs in case of ISO IEC 15408 standards until 31 March 2013 From 1 April 2013 the certification shall be got done from authorized and certified agency lab in India The Contractor shall also ensure that the equipment supplied has all th
124. be self sufficient in preventive amp restorative maintenance of the respective communications subsystems purchased by the Employer Owner The training courses shall cover equipment installation testing amp commissioning operation interfaces and cabling between equipment preventive maintenance diagnostic tools and troubleshooting procedures corrective maintenance and expansion procedures for all equipment The courses shall provide theoretical background and extensive hands on experience Courses shall include equipment adjustments board level troubleshooting and repair and where appropriate component level troubleshooting and repair Course participants shall operate actual equipment and diagnose and repair simulated failures 7 1 5 Network Management Training The Network Management training shall familiarize the Employer Owner s telecommunication personnel with the concepts and techniques for configuring programming maintaining and troubleshooting the Contractor supplied NMS and its associated database The training course shall provide a thorough understanding of the general design concepts features and user interface requirements for local and remote monitoring of the equipment as well as procedures for restoring service after equipment and power failures The Network Management training course shall provide the course participants with hands on experience using the actual system being supplied Table 7 1 summarizes the minim
125. bration dampers through a detailed vibration analysis as specified in technical specifications One damper minimum on each side per OPGW cable for suspension points and two dampers minimum on each side per OPGW cable for tension points shall be used for nominal design span of 400 meters For all other ruling spans the number of vibration damper shall be based on vibration analysis The clamp of the vibration damper shall be made of high strength aluminum alloy of type LM 6 It shall be capable of supporting the damper and prevent damage or chaffing of the conductor during erection or continued operation The clamp shall have smooth and permanent grip to keep the damper in position on the OPGW cable without damaging the strands or causing premature fatigue failure of the OPGW cable under the clamp The clamp groove shall be in uniform contact with the OPGW cable over the entire clamping surface except for the rounded edges The groove of the clamp body and clamp cap shall be smooth free from projections grit or other materials which could cause damage to the OPGW cable when the clamp is installed Clamping bolts shall be provided with self locking nuts and designed to prevent corrosion of threads or loosening in service The messenger cable shall be made of high strength galvanised steel stain less steel It shall be of preformed and post formed quality in order to prevent subsequent droop of weight and to maintain consistent flexural stiffness of t
126. c Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 2 1 2 6 1 Filling Materials The interstices of the fibre optic unit and cable shall be filled with a suitable compound to prohibit any moisture ingress or any water longitudinal migration within the fibre optic unit or along the fibre optic cable The water tightness of the cable shall meet or exceed the test performance criteria as per IEC 794 1 F 5 The filling compound used shall be a non toxic homogenous waterproofing compound that is free of dirt and foreign matter nonhygroscopic electrically nonconductive and non nutritive to fungus The compound shall also be fully compatible with all cable components it may come in contact with and shall inhibit the generation of hydrogen within the cable The waterproofing filling materials shall not affect fibre coating colour coding or encapsulant commonly used in splice enclosures shall be dermatologically safe non staining and easily removable with a non toxic cleaning solvent 2 1 2 6 2 Metallic Members When the fibre optic cable design incorporates metallic elements in its construction all metallic elements shall be electrically continuous 2 1 2 6 3 Marking Packaging and Shipping This section describes the requirements for marking packaging and shipping the overhead fibre optic cable a Drum Markings Each side of every reel of cable shall be permanently marked in white lettering with the
127. carried out by Contractor s maintenance personnel for rectification Contractor s representative must report within four 4 hours at locations where Contractor s engineers are stationed and within reasonable time at all other location which shall in no case exceed more than 12 hours including travel time Time mentioned here is irrespective of normal working hours or holidays The NMT shall co ordinate and control any site visits to ensure that communication network is operating with a minimum of disruption during these visits The NMT will inform the relevant POWERGRID constituent to facilitate the access to the site equipment where fault is suspected The main responsibilities of the POWERGRID s Network Monitoring Team are a Communication Network monitoring through Network Management System NMS b Detect faults prioritizing them and notifying to the Contractor for immediate corrective actions c Follow up on corrective actions to verify that the agreed time frames are met d Record all faults in the fault record sheet and summary of action taken for fault rectifications e Co ordinate all planned breakdown site visits to minimize disturbance of service Update status information of operated network to users communication network A 1 3 MAINTENANCE Maintenance activities are either Event Based Fault breakdown maintenance or planned site visits Semi annual site visit testing of channel s augmentation and modifica
128. cation System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 4 2 1 Power Cables All external power cables shall be stranded Aluminium conductor armoured XLPE PVC insulated and sheathed 1100V grade as per IS 1554 Part I 4 2 2 Enclosure Panel Earthing Each enclosure shall include suitable earth networks within the enclosure Earth network shall be a copper bus bar braid or cable inside enclosures The safety earth network shall terminate at two more studs for connecting with the earthing grid Safety earthing cables between equipment and enclosure grounding bus bars shall be minimum size 6 sq mm stranded copper conductors rated at 300 volts All hinged doors if provided shall be earthed through flexible earthing braid For all enclosures requiring AC input power the green earthing wire from the AC input shall be wired to the safety earthing stud The Contractor shall provide all required cabling between enclosures for earthing The contractor shall connect safety and signal earths as applicable of each enclosure to the Employer provided nearest earth grid earth riser through suitable 50X6 sq mm GI strips or suitably sized copper cable The signal earthing network shall terminate at a separate stud connection isolated from safety ground The stud connection shall be sized for an external earthing cable equipped with a suitable lug All earthing connections to equipment shall be made directly to each equipmen
129. cation System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 5 Environment EMI Power Supply Cabling and Earthing The purpose of this section is to describe the minimum general equipment characteristics and specifications for environmental conditions source power conditioning and backup equipment construction and installation The section also highlights the stringent Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC guidelines for equipment that will be operated under the severest Electro Magnetic Interference EMI and Electro Static Discharge ESD conditions expected in an Extra High Voltage EHV power system environment 5 1 Environmental Requirements Equipment and their components provided under this specification shall operate reliably under the following environmental conditions 5 1 1 Temperature and Humidity Most of the equipment will not be installed in environmentally controlled shelters Therefore equipment shall operate in accordance with the limits shown in Table 5 1 Table 5 1 Environmental Operating Limits Temperature Range Un Controlled Environment Specification 0 to 45 C Operation without damage 10 to 55 C Shipping storage 40 to 60 C Relative Humidity non condensing Upto 90 Elevation Operating to 3 000 m Non operating to 10 000 m For each location the Contractor is required to assess the environmental conditions for the equipment to be installed under this specificatio
130. cation system Package Contractor All hardware amp fittings needed to tie the OPGW to the towers gantries shall be provided by Communication system Package Contractor to the transmission line tower contractor While handing over the OPGW drums the testing fibre loss and length measurement using OTDR of OPGW in each drum shall be carried out by Communication system Package Contractor in presence of Tower package contractor s and Employer s representative After installation of OPGW cable the testing of each section shall be carried out again by the Communication System Package Contractor in presence of Tower package contractor s and Employer representative In case of any damage high loss in the fibre the total length of that particular section of OPGW cable shall be replaced by Tower package Contractor s Communication System Package Contractor shall supply new OPGW cable drum in place of damaged cable drum The Contract price shall be adjusted accordingly Supervision of Installation The Communication System Package Contractor shall supervise the stringing at site as per the approved stringing procedure Site visit for supervision shall be carried out as per instructions of Employer The man days for site supervision is identified in Appendix B However the contract price shall be adjusted as per the actual requirement The Supervision Inspection work in Contractor s scope shall mainly include inspection as per stringing procedure proper l
131. ce commissioning maintenance and documentation for a SDH Equipment along with suitable interfaces amp line cards etc b Associated Termination equipment system including E 1 channel banks amp drop insert muldems Sub channel dataplexing subscriber line interfacing card and digital access amp cross connect switching DACS c Network Management System NMS d 48 Volts DC Power Supply amp Battery system Section 01 Page 4 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region e All cabling wiring Digital Distribution Frame patch facilities equipment MDF s and interconnections to the supplied equipment at the defined interfaces f All equipment MDF amp DDF cross connects required to route and activate circuits g System integration of the supplied subsystems and also integration with existing communication equipment such as SDH MUX etc h System integration of the supplied PDH equipments termination equipment system with existing PDH equipments MUX Drop Insert amp DACS for seamless transmission of communication channel i Integration of supplied system with RTUs PLCC equipment FODP Clock PABX etc j Reconfiguration of communication channel in existing communication equipment k Maintenance of the supplied system
132. ch the distances are to be measured 3 Placement recommendation depending upon type of suspension clamps viz Free center type Armour grip type etc 4 The influence of mid span compression joints repair sleeves and armour rods standard and AGS in the placement of dampers 2 1 3 Fibre Optic Splice Enclosures Joint Box All splices shall be encased in Fibre Optic Splice Enclosures Suitable splice enclosures shall be provided to encase the optical cable splices in protective moisture and dust free environment Splice enclosures shall comply to ingress protection class IP 66 or better The splice enclosures shall be designed for the storage and protection of required number of optical fibre splices and equipped with sufficient number of splice trays for splicing all fibres in the cable No more than 6 fibres shall be terminated in a single splice tray They shall be filled with suitable encapsulate that is easily removable should re entry be required into the enclosures Splice enclosures shall be suitable for outdoor use with each of the cable types provided under this contract Splice enclosures shall be appropriate for mounting on transmission line towers above anti climb guard levels at about 10 metres from top of the tower and shall accommodate pass through splicing The actual mounting height and location shall be finalised after Survey Contractor shall be responsible for splicing of fibres and installation of splice enclosures Sec
133. chnical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 2 OPGW cabling and associated hardware amp fittings This section describes the functional amp technical specifications of OPGW cabling and associated hardware amp fittings 2 1 Fibre Optic Cabling This section defines the requirements for G 652D Dual window Single mode DWSM telecommunications grade fibre optic cable Bidders shall furnish with their bids detailed descriptions of the fibres amp cable s proposed All optical fibre cabling including fibre itself and all associated installation hardware shall have a minimum guaranteed design life span of 25 years Documentary evidence in support of guaranteed life span of cable amp fibre shall be submitted by the Contractor during detailed engineering 2 1 1 Required Optical Fibre Characteristics This section describes the characteristics of optical fibre to be provided under this specification 2 1 1 1 Physical Characteristics Dual Window Single mode DWSM G 652D optical fibres shall be provided in the fibre optic cables DWSM optical fibres shall meet the requirements defined in Table 2 1 a 2 1 1 2 Attenuation The attenuation coefficient for wavelengths between 1525 nm and 1575 nm shall not exceed the attenuation coefficient at 1550 nm by more than 0 05 dB km The attenuation c
134. ck elevations Section 05 Page 5 of 10 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 5 3 2 Installation Hardware Equipment racks enclosures cable raceways and installation hardware shall at a minimum comply with the following requirements 5 3 2 1 Equipment Sub Racks and Cabinets Enclosures All equipment provided under this specification shall be physically mounted in sub racks and cabinets enclosures The Contractor shall determine and propose for the Employer approval the type size weight and manner of installation for each location Selection of equipment sub racks and cabinets enclosures shall meet the following requirements A Equipment SubRack Construction Equipment Sub Racks provided for installation in environmentally controlled facilities shall meet the following minimum requirements B Section 05 1 2 3 Equipment Sub Racks shall be steel aluminium fabricated and finished on all surfaces All metal and welds shall be thoroughly cleaned and sanded to obtain a smooth finish All surfaces shall be treated for rust and primed to form a bond between metal and the finish coats of paint Equipment covers shall be provided for exposed components mounted in equipment sub Racks Dust and moisture pro
135. clamp body and the armour rods shall be observed If the slippage is 2 mm or above the test shall be terminated Otherwise at the end of one minute the position of the clamp body and 2 mm relative positions between clamp body and armour rods shall be marked on the other side After the one minute pause the load shall be further increased at a loading rate of 3 kN min and recording of load and displacement shall continue until either the relative Position displacement between clamp body and armour rods reaches more than 2 mm or the load reaches the maximum slip load of 17 KN On reaching either of the above values the test is terminated Visual examination of all paint marks shall be recorded and a measurement of any displacement recorded in the Table of Results Acceptance Criteria The Suspension Clamp has passed the Slip Test if the following conditions are met No slippage shall occur at or below the specified minimum slip load Definition of no slippage in accordance with IEC 61284 1997 Any relative movement less than 2 mm is accepted The possible couplings or elongations produced by the cable as a result of the test itself are not regarded as slippage Slippage shall occur between the specified maximum and minimum slip load of 12 17 KN There shall be no slippage of the Reinforcing Rods over the cable and no slippage of the Armour Rods over the Reinforcing Rods The relative movement i e more than 2 mm between
136. craft terminal shall have suitable processor s which shall be sufficient to meet all the functional requirement and expansion capabilities stipulated in this specification Only reputed make like Dell IBM HP Compaq make shall be supplied The server shall have minimum configuration of 3GHz for CISC based or 1 6GHz for RISC based processor 2GB RAM DVD ROM drive redundant 80 GB internal Hard Disk Drive 101 Enhanced style keyboards mouse parallel serial USB 2 0 ports and hot swap redundant power supply VDUs shall be 17 TFT active matrix color LCD with a minimum resolution of 1024 X 768 Appropriate network drive card shall also be provided wherever required However the internal hard disk drive for the server shall be redundant and all the data shall be mirrored Further the TMN software shall support data mirroring on redundant disk drives The workstation shall have minimum configuration of 2 4GHz for CISC or 1 4GHz for RISC based processor 1GB RAM DVD RW drive 160 GB Hard Disk Drive 101 Enhanced style keyboards mouse parallel serial and USB 2 0 ports VDUs shall be 19 TFT active matrix color LCD with a minimum resolution of 1024 X 768 Appropriate network drive card shall also be provided wherever required CPU enclosures shall be desktop type and shall include available expansion slots except for the Craft Terminal which shall be a laptop The craft terminal shall have minimum configuration of 2 4 GHz 2 GB RAM 256 MB VRAM
137. cription Unit O g 5 5 lt e b Software Set 1 1 2 Network Manager amp Element Manager ii System a Hardware Set 0 1 1 b Software Set 0 1 1 c Printer Laser Jet No 0 1 1 5 0 Furniture for NMS hardware Set 0 1 1 6 0 Main Distribution Frame 100 pairs No 26 22 48 7 0 Synchronization Equipment GPS clock including all hardware amp s f et 1 0 1 accessories C Reconfiguration and Integration with existing L i ot 1 1 2 Telecom Equipment Note Suitable Optical Interface SFP or any other solution such as optical amplifier wavelength translator or higher aggregate bit rate SDH equipment may be offered to meet the link budget requirements without repeater Note set shall include quantity of SDH Base equipment with required hardware amp accessories and supporting tributary cards to meet the criteria One SDH equipment supporting more than two protected directions may be offered as per BoQ requirement Note Optical interface SFP can be provided with Optical base card or Control card with the condition that control card shall not be equipped with more than one Optical interface SFP and optical card with not more than two Optical interface SFP However main and protection channel shall be terminated on separate cards Appendix B Page 6 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under j Establishment of Fibre Optic Communicati
138. ction and installation ISO 9003 model for quality assurance in final inspection and testing The Quality Assurance procedures documentation standards and software development procedures which were included with the Bidder s proposal will be incorporated into the Contract 9 1 4 2 Quality Assurance System and Requirements The ISO 9001 Certificate and the assessment and visit reports shall be available to the Employer throughout the duration of the contract The Quality Assurance program shall be outlined by the Contractor and shall be finally accepted by the Employer after discussions before the award of contract A Quality Assurance program of the Contractor shall generally cover but not limited to the following a Organization structure for the management and implementation of the proposed quality assurance program b Documentation control system c Qualification data for Contractor s key personnel d The procedure for purchases of materials parts components and selection of sub Section 9 Page 3 of 14 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 3 y Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Contractor s services including vendor analysis source inspection incoming raw material inspection verification of material purchases etc e System for shop manufacturing inclu
139. ctor shall assign a project manager with the authority to make commitments and decisions that are binding on the Contractor The project manager s responsibility shall include interface and coordination with the Project contractor s The Employer will designate a project manager to coordinate all the Employer project activities All Project correspondence and communications between the Employer and the Contractor shall be coordinated through the project managers The project shall be staffed from the list of project management and engineering personnel presented in the proposal Principal participants shall have previous experience in a similar position on at least two other projects of similar scope to this project The assignment and reassignment of the Contractor s principal participants in the project shall be subject to the Employer s approval 9 1 1 Reporting Period The Project Manager shall provide updated project schedules and complete progress reports on monthly basis for the duration of the project All references to the reporting period throughout this Specification shall refer to this monthly period 9 1 2 Progress Meetings The Project Manager shall schedule and attend Progress Meetings as deemed necessary but no less than once every two months 9 1 3 Transmittals Every document letter progress report change order and any other written or electronic media transmissions exchanged between Contractors and the Employer shall be ass
140. d The applied load shall then be increased until the failing load is reached and the value shall be documented Tension Assembly The Tension Assembly is correctly fitted and is the same that will be carried out during installations Part 1 The tension assembly excluding tension clamp shall be increased at a constant rate up to a load equal to 50 of the specified minimum Failure Load increased at a constant rate and held for one minute for the test rig to stabilise The load shall then be increased at a steady rate to 67 of the minimum Failure Load and held for five minutes This load shall then remove in a controlled manner and the Tension Assembly disassembled Examination of the Tension Dead End and associated components shall be made and any evidence of visual deformation shall be documented Part 2 The Tension Dead End and associated components shall then be reassembled and bolts tightened as before The tensile load shall gradually be increased up shall gradually be increased up to 50 of the specified Minimum Failure Load of the Tension Assembly and held for one minute for the Test Rig to stabilise and the load shall be further increased at a steady rate until the specified minimum Failure Load is reached and held for one minute No fracture should occur during this period The applied load shall then be increased until the failing load is reached and the value shall be documented Acceptance Criteria for Tension Suspension Assemb
141. d DRS Documents 6 5 Site Acceptance Tests The Contractor shall be responsible for the submission of all equipment amp test equipment supplied in this contract for site tests and inspection as required by the Employer All equipment shall be tested on site under the conditions in which it will normally operate The tests shall be exhaustive and shall demonstrate that the overall performance of the contract works satisfies every requirement specified Ata minimum Site Acceptance Testing requirement for FO cable Telecom equipment NMS etc is outlined in following section This testing shall be supplemented by the Contractor s standard installation testing program which shall be in accordance with his quality plan s for FO amp Telecom equipment Section 06 Page 37 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region installation The tests to be conducted during SAT of Battery amp DCPS are specified in respective Tables in this section During the course of installation the Employer shall have full access for inspection and verification of the progress of the work and for checking workmanship and accuracy as may be required On completion of the work prior to commissioning all equipment shall be tested to the satisfaction of the Employer
142. d features of the NMS shall be demonstrated for proper functioning 6 Demonstration of Protection switching and synchronization of equipment as per synchronization plan Table 6 21 Fibre Optic Transmission system Installation Testing Description Physical Inspection for conformance to drawings rack elevations and appearance of equipment and cabling Station power supply input and equipment power supply DC DC converter output voltage measurements Terminal transceiver performance testing Tx power Tx spectrum receive signal strength connector losses etc fog Service channel performance Craftsperson interface alarm and control functional performance EZ Es EF Rack and local alarms No alarms shall be present and all alarms shall be demonstrated to be functional Network management interface and supervision performance Correct configuration level setting amp adjustments and termination of Input output interfaces Proper establishment of Safety and signalling earthing system and resistance to ground to be checked Simulation of failure conditions and failover of protected components Table 6 22 Termination Equipment Sub system Installation Testing 1 Physical Inspection for conformance to drawings rack elevations and appearance of equipment and cabling Section 06 Page 41 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under
143. d span extremities as well as antinodes shall be examined and thus lower and upper dangerous frequency limits between which the Aeolian vibration levels exceed the specified limits shall be determined vi From vibration analysis of fibre optic cable with damper s installed at the recommended location the dynamic strain level at the clamped span extremities damper attachment point and the antinodes on the fibre optic cable shall be determined In addition to above damper clamp vibration amplitude and antinodes vibration amplitudes shall also be examined The dynamic strain levels at damper attachment point clamped span extremities and antinodes shall not exceed the specified limits The damper clamp vibration amplitude shall not be more than that of the specified fatigue limits Fatigue Tests i Test Set Up The clamp slip and fatigue tests shall be conducted on a laboratory set up with a minimum effective span length of 30m The fibre optic cable shall be tensioned at 25 of RTS of fibre optic cable and shall not be equipped with protective armour rods at any point Constant tension shall be maintained within the span by means of lever arm arrangement After the fibre optic cable has been tensioned clamps shall be installed to support the fibre optic cable at both ends and thus influence of connecting hardware fittings are eliminated from the free span The clamps shall not be used for holding the tension on the fibre optic cable There s
144. ding process controls and fabrication and assembly controls f Control of non conforming items and system for corrective action g Control of calibration and testing of measuring and testing equipments h Inspection and test procedure for manufacture i System for indication and appraisal of inspection status j System for quality audits k System for authorizing release of manufactured product to the Employer l System for maintenance for records m System for handling storage and delivery n A quality plan detailing out the specific quality control procedure adopted for controlling the quality characteristics of the product The Quality Assurance Plan shall be mutually discussed and approved by the Employer after incorporating necessary corrections by the Contractor as may be required This Quality Assurance plan shall then form part of the contractual documentation and shall not be changed without prior agreement with the Employer The Contractor shall be required to submit all the Quality Assurance Documents as stipulated in the Quality Assurance Plan at the time of the Employer s inspection of equipment material The Employer or his duly authorised representatives reserve the right to carry out Quality Audit and Quality Surveillance of the systems and procedures of the Contractor his vendor s Quality Management and Control Activities 9 1 4 3 Variance Reporting and Processing An automated variance recording and trackin
145. ds in accordance with Inspection rights specified for this contract 6 4 3 FAT of Communication Equipments Table 6 11 Factory Acceptance Testing for Fibre Optic Transmission System 1 Physical inspection for conformance to DRS BOQ drawings and appearance of equipment Ca iwem O OOOO Measurement of analog and digital service channel parameters as well as service channel functionality Performance of supervision alarm Craftsperson interface diagnostics loop backs etc Electrical interface tests which include output and input jitter bit error rate pulse shape cable compensation and line rate tolerance for multiplexers 12 At a minimun tests on Ethernet interface shall include demonstration of ping test throughput test Latency test Packet Loss test as per RFC 2544 Simulation of failure conditions and failover of each redundant unit Test of spare card slots Section 06 Page 31 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 6 11 Factory Acceptance Testing for Fibre Optic Transmission System Checks of power supply converter voltage margins Random inspections to verify the accuracy of documentation EJ Test of spare parts modules cards as per applicable tests Section 06 Page 32 of 42 Pow
146. e Test IEC 60228 Test Description Test Procedure IEC 60794 1 2 E1 EIA TIA 455 33B TEC 60794 4 10 TEC 60794 1 2 2003 The test shall be conducted on a sample of sufficient length in accordance with IEC 60794 1 2 El The attenuation variation shall not exceed 0 05 dB Km up to 90 of RTS of fibre optic cable The load shall be increased at a steady rate up to rated tensile strength and held for one 1 minute The fibre optic cable sample shall not fail during the period The applied load shall then be increased until the failing load is reached and the value recorded The OPGW cable construction shall be tested in accordance with IEC 60794 1 2 Method H2 for Class 1 On a fibre optic cable sample of minimum 1 metre length two contact clamps shall be fixed with a predetermined bolt torque The resistance shall be measured by a Kelvin double bridge by placing the clamps initially zero metre and subsequently one metre apart The tests shall be repeated at least five times and the average value recorded after correcting at 20 C End Of Table 6 3 2 6 Type Test on OPGW Cable Fittings The type tests to be conducted on the OPGW Cable fittings and accessories are listed below i Mechanical Strength Test for Suspension Tension Assembly Applicable Standards IEC 61284 1997 Suspension Assembly The armour rods reinforcement rods are assembled on to the approved OPGW using the Install
147. e 15 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region System Availability T Ch Ch T x100 n 1 to Ch Where SA System Availability T Total test time 24 days in a month Ch Total number of channel Ch Number of channels affected by event En Tn Outage time of event En The NMS availability for both PDH SDH shall be calculated as follows Availability of NMS Av T NE YNEn T x 100 Where Av NMS Availability Tt Total test time 24 days in a month NE Total number of network Element NE Number of NE affected by an event Tn Outage time of NE A1 9 AVAILABILITY REQUIREMENT The availability of wideband communication equipment shall be measured in categories as below a Channel Voice Asynchronous amp Synchronous data circuits and management data channels b E 1 Ethernet channels c Availability of NMS system The availability requirement for type of channels for wideband communication equipment and NMS systems shall be 99 9 However not withstanding he commutation of availability of the communication system as specified above the prompt restortion of the faulty equipment part of the network is also of equal importance and any delay in restorat
148. e Check if AC DC sully has been tapped for other uses e Is the room having any damp wall e Action required by POWERGRID Contractor s representative POWERGRID CONSTITUENTS s representative Section 07 Page 25 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume I Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Form III contd EQUIPMENT RACK CLEANLINESS e Check if cabinets are closed and key available with room in charge Key available Not Available Cabinet Closed Open e Clean the equipment with vacuum cleaner Cleaned Actions required by POWERGRID Constituent Action required by Contractor 3 0 TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT Room temperature e Check the room temperature 25 C is recommended e Temperature very near equipment cabinet e Temperature inside the telecom equipment rack Action Required by POWERGRID Constituents 4 0 POWER SUPPLY MEASUREMENT e Input DC Voltage at MCB e Input DC Voltage at Cabinet TB e AC Voltage at the time of station visit Primary source e Availability of AC Supply in 24 hours e Charger Voltage e Battery Voltage Charger AC Supply off Actions required by POWERGRID CONSTITUENT Contractor s representative POWERGRID CONSTITUENTS s representative Section 07 Page 26 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Tech
149. e Integrated System Test shall include all fibre optic transmission equipment termination equipment the network management subsystem and other components At a minimum the following tests shall be included in the integrated testing 1 Installation testing for NMS as per tables below 2 Equipment configuration shall be checked to establish that it supports the channel routing Section 06 Page 40 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 3 End to end testing of all individual voice circuits originating from PLCC PABX or Phones and to establish proper interfacing with PLCC PABX Phones and to demonstrate proper operation of channels over wideband systems Operation shall be checked in terms of quality of voice call initiation and call termination processes 4 End to end testing of all individual Data Circuits originating from PLCC RTU and SCADA Front Ends and to establish proper interfacing with PLCC RTU Front End and to demonstrate proper operation of channels over wideband systems Operation shall be checked in terms of monitoring of BER packet loss 5 Testing of NMS to demonstrate proper operation of all functions Configuration Management Performance Management Fault Management and Security management All the standar
150. e OPGW fibre optic cables to be installed under this project shall be installed under live line conditions i e with all the circuits of the transmission line charged to their rated voltage However some of OPGW cables may be installed in off line conditions The tentative bill of quantities for both live line as well as off line OPGW cable system installations have been specified in the appendices and the actual quantities for both types shall be finalised during project execution after detailed survey Under live line installation the OPGW cable shall be installed on transmission lines under live line conditions i e with all the circuits of the transmission line charged to their rated voltage The OPGW cable shall be installed at the top of the tower by replacing the existing ground wire The Contractor shall carry out re tensioning of the existing earth wire wherever required to maintain the adequate clearances for live line stringing of fibre optic cables However in exceptional cases installation of OPGW cable below conductor may also be considered on low voltage lines which shall be decided during detailed engineering For the new Transmission lines namely Namsai PG to Tinsukia the stringing of OPGW cable shall be carried out by Transmission Line Tower Package Contractor s as per the stringing chart procedure submitted by them and approved by Employer Communication system Package Contractor The splicing work shall be carried out by Communi
151. e a link does not meet the performance requirements during 1 hour then the duration of the test shall be increased to 12 hours In case any link does not meet the performance requirements during 12 hour then the cause of failure shall be investigated and the test shall be repeated after rectifying the defects This phase of testing shall be conducted by the Contractor and witnessed by the Employer Field adjustments shall be made to meet established standard however if the field adjustments fail to correct the defects the equipments may be returned to the Contractor for replacement at his own expense In case any adjustments are required to be made during the interval of the test then the test shall be repeated 6 5 2 3 Integrated Testing Prior to commencement of integrated testing the overall system shall be configured as required to provide all the data and voice channel required to interconnect the various control centres and RTU The integrated testing for a batch shall include end to end testing of back bone network included in that batch Integrated testing for last batch shall include testing of the entire back bone The intent of integrated testing is to demonstrate that the equipment is operational end to end under actual conditions that all variances identified during factory and field installation and communications testing have been corrected and that the communication equipment is compatible with other equipment at all locations Th
152. e applied to the equipment packed according to the Contractor s specifications Or Free Fall Test This test could be performed as an alternative to the shock or Bump test The procedure is defined in IEC publication 60068 2 32 The equipment shall be packed according to the Contractor s specifications The drop height shall be defined in accordance with IEC 60068 2 32 The surface of the packing case which comes into contact with the ground is the surface on which the packing case normally rests if the packing does not have any features inscription special shape etc identifying this surface the test is carried out successively on all the surfaces of the packing Or Bump Test Section 06 Page 14 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under T Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region This test could be performed as an alternative to Shock test or Free Fall test The procedure is defined in IEC 60068 2 29 6 3 2 2 Type Testing of DCPS The test reports for Immunity Emission and safety must be in accordance with relevant IEC CISPR standards shall be submitted The Contractor shall submit the DCPS type test reports of earlier conducted tests on the same make model type amp rating which shall include the following tests listed in Table 6 6 Table 6 6 Type Tests on DCPS
153. e contemporary security related features and features related to communication security as prescribed under relevant security standards A list of features equipments software etc supplied and implemented in the project shall be given for use by the Employer The contractor shall get the Employer s network audited from security point of view once a year from a network audit and certification agency as identified by DoT The audit of the network shall be carried once in a financial year till the maintenance service contract Section 03 Page 3 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region in the bid Network forensics Network hardening Network penetration test Risk assessment Actions to fix problems and to prevent such problems from reoccurring etc shall be covered under network audit The Contractor shall ensure that all the documents including software details are supplied to the Employer in English language A record of all the software updation and changes shall be given to the Employer and any major updation and changes shall be done with the prior approval of the Employer During maintenance period the Contractor shall keep a record of all operation and maintenance procedure in the form of manual and shall also maintain a record of
154. e done separately for Fibre Optic System Contractor s maintenance engineer service engineer shall have minimum qualification of graduate in Computer or IT or Electronics amp Telecommunication with minimum one year experience or Diploma with three years maintenance testing amp commissioning experience on the equipment proposed to be supplied amp installed The Degree Diploma must be recognised Indian professional qualification This staff shall be supported by head office technical staff for restorative problem or other assistance as may be required Maintenance engineer shall have technical background and trained in first amp second level maintenance on the supplied communication system DCPS amp Battery and NMS system of their own without technical assistance from Head Office Contractor will arrange for adequate transportation for their staff as per the work demand Contractor s staff at all locations should be equipped with necessary tool kits mobile phones vehicle etc The Maintenance of the system supplied amp installed by the Contractor shall be comprehensive and all the spares required during maintenance period shall be provided by the Contractor at no additional to Employer A 1 1 RESOURCE DEPLOYMENT In order to cover the entire network it is imperative that Contractor s maintenance engineers are strategically located so as to reach the site within shortest possible time frame Thus a minimum of three 3 engineer
155. e limits on the transmitter in the opposite direction as per ITU T G 958 NOTE 3 In case other than FC PC connector is provided in the equipment suitable patch cord with matching connectors are to be provided to connect with FODP 3 3 2 Optical Link Performance Requirements The optical fibre link performance requirements are specified as follows 3 3 2 1 Link Budget Calculations The fibre optic link budget calculations shall be calculated based upon the following Section 03 Page 13 of 29 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region criteria 1 Fibre attenuation The fibre attenuation shall be taken to be the guaranteed maximum fibre attenuation i e 0 21 dB Km 1550nm and 0 35 dB km 1310nm 2 Splice loss Minimum 0 05 dB per splice One splice shall be considered for every 3 kms 3 Connector losses Losses due to connectors shall be considered to be minimum 1 0 dB per link 4 Equipment Parameters The equipment parameters to be considered for link budget calculations shall be the guaranteed End of Life EOL parameters In case the End of Life parameters are not specified for the SDH equipment an End of Life Margin of at least 2 dB shall be considered and a similar margin shall be considered for optical amplifiers 5 Optica
156. e links in North Eastern Region 2 1 2 8 4 Electrical and Mechanical Requirements Table 2 2 a provides OPGW Electrical and Mechanical Requirements for the minimum performance characteristics Additionally the OPGW mechanical amp electrical characteristics shall be similar to that of the earthwire being replaced such that there is no or minimal consequential increase in stresses on towers For the purposes of determining the appropriate Max Working Tension limit for the OPGW cable IS 802 1995 and IS 875 1987 shall be applied However the OPGW installation sag amp tension charts shall be based on IS 802 version to which the line is originally designed For the OPGW cable design selection and preparation of sag tension charts the limits specified in this section shall also be satisfied The Bidder shall submit sag tension charts for the above cases with their bids Table 2 2 a OPGW Electrical and Mechanical Requirements 1 Everyday Tension lt 20 of UTS of OPGW 2 D C Resistance at 20 C lt 1 0 ohm Km Short Circuit Current gt 6 32 kA for 1 0 second 2 1 2 8 5 Operating conditions Since OPGW shall be located at the top of the EHV transmission line support structure it will be subjected to Aeolian vibration Galloping and Lightning strikes It will also carry ground fault currents Therefore its electrical and mechanical properties shall be same or similar as those required of conventional ground conductors 2 1 2 8 6 I
157. e over voltage protection circuit failure shall not cause any safety hazard 4 1 20 Fuse Circuit Breakers Fuses or miniature circuit breakers MCB shall be provided for each SMPS module as follows 1 Live AC input line 2 Control Circuit All fuses circuit breaker used shall be suitably fault rated 4 1 21 AC Under Over Voltage Protection AC input Under Over voltage protection shall be provided as per clause 6 1 12 for Electrical Requirements The DC side of the SMPS should also be provided with surge protection device to protect the SMPS in case of transients being generated by the loads or due to induction in the DC line from the AC line running parallel together The Surge protection device should be able to discharge a current of at least 10 kA of 8 20 us Class C surge arrestor pluggable and should have indication to show its health to facilitate the replacement on fault condition 4 1 22 Over Load Short Circuit Protection The SMPS shall be protected for Over load Short circuit as per clause 6 1 14 Current Limiting Voltage Droop 4 1 23 Alarms and indicating lamps Section 04 Page 10 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Visual indications display such as LEDs LCDs or a combination of both shall be provided on
158. e the fibre optic cabling up to the FODPs The location of FODP rack shall be fixed by the Contractor with the Employer s approval 2 1 6 1 Fibre Optic Distribution Panel Ateach location requiring the termination of at least one fibre within a cable all fibres within that cable shall be connectorized and terminated in Fibre Optic Distribution Panels in a manner consistent with the following a All fibre optic terminations shall be housed using FODPs provisioned with splice organizers and splice trays All fibres within a cable shall be fusion spliced to preconnectorized pigtails and fitted to the Back side of the provided fibre optic couplings b FODPs shall be suitable for use with each of the cable types provided as part of this contract FODPs shall accommodate pass through splicing and fibre terminations c FODPs for indoor use shall be supplied in suitable cabinets racks with locking arrangement d All FODPs shall be of corrosion resistant robust construction and shall allow both top or bottom entry for access to the splice trays Ground lugs shall be provided on all FODPs and the Contractor shall ensure that all FODPs are properly grounded The FODP shall meet or exceed ingress protection class IP55 specifications e Flexible protection shall be provided to the patch cord bunches going out from FODP to other equipment Section 02 Page 15 of 17 F 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical S
159. ease following the Employer review f Software design coding unit testing and integration g System integration h Type Tests and Factory testing i Shipment G Receipt forwarding and staging k Installation 1 Site Acceptance testing Each scheduled task shall have an estimated duration for completion and predefined relationships with other tasks Relationships shall be used to enforce the logical progression of work in as much as certain tasks cannot start until others have been completed 9 2 1 2 The Employer Activities The implementation schedule shall contain all the Employer activities required in order for the Contractor to complete their systems and integration tasks including the following a Document reviews and approvals b Licensing and Regulatory Clearances if any b Participation in all levels of testing and training c Any site preparations if required d Assistance NMS database display and report definition 9 2 2 Documentation Schedule The documentation schedule shall include an entry for each document and drawing to be delivered throughout the project Each documentation schedule entry shall include the document or drawing title number revision level actual or future submittal date for the Employer review Section 9 Page 9 of 14 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Commun
160. ecifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 6 8 Type Tests For Optical Fibres S No Test Name Acceptance Criteria Test procedure 8 Cladding Diameter IEC 60793 1 20 Or EIA TIA 455 176 Point Discontinuities of IEC 60793 1 40 Or attenuation EIA TIA 455 59 Core Clad concentricity IEC 60793 1 20 Or error EIA TIA 455 176 9 11 Fibre Tensile Proof IEC 60793 1 31 Testing Or EIA TIA 455 31B End Of table 6 3 2 5 Type Tests for OPGW Cables The type tests to be conducted on the OPGW cable are listed in table 6 9 Type Tests for OPGW Cables Unless specified otherwise in the technical specifications or the referenced standards the optical attenuation of the specimen measured during or after the test as applicable shall not increase by more than 0 05 dB Km Table 6 9 Type tests for OPGW Cable S No Test Name Test Test Procedure Description 1 Water Ingress IEEE 1138 TEEE 1138 2009 Test 2009 IEC 60794 1 2 Method F5 or EIA TIA 455 82B Test duration 24 hours 2 Seepage of TEEE 1138 IEEE 1138 2009 Preconditioning period 72 filling 2009 EIA TIA 455 hours compound 81B Test duration 24 hours Section 06 Page 17 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establis
161. edundant for local monitoring at suitable location shall be provided All these potential free contacts are to be wired and terminated at the suitable location for interfacing purpose 4 1 28 Digital Meters Display Unit There shall be provision to monitor the following parameters through digital meters or digital display units a Input AC voltage b Out put DC voltage c Output DC current of charger d Battery current e Load current The Digital display of meters or LCD based display unit shall be with minimum 3 digital display of height 12mm and shall have accuracy 1 5 or better 4 2 Cabling amp Enclosure Requirements The contractor shall supply install and commission all power cables control cables network interface cables and associated hardware lugs glands cable termination boxes etc as required for all equipment The contractor shall be responsible for Cable laying and termination at both ends of the cable The Contractor shall also be responsible for termination of feeder cables at contractor s equipment end including supply of suitable lugs glands terminal blocks amp if necessary cable termination boxes etc All cabling wiring and interconnections shall be installed in accordance with the following requirements Section 04 Page 12 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communi
162. el of test equipment has multiple options for the parameters the option of higher range shall be acceptable The supplied test equipment shall be suitable for use in the high EMI EMC environment The Contractor shall submit performance certificate for offered test equipment from at least one customer The Contractor shall offer only reputed make test equipment such as Acterna JDSU Trend Anritsu Fluke Agilent etc The Contractor shall provide in their bid additionally recommended test equipment list necessary to support specified system outage requirement These lists shall include all relevant technical descriptions and recommended minimum quantities and maintenance concept The recommended test equipment along with the test equipment listed in Appendix may be included in the final Section 07 Page 8 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region scope of supply and the price thereof shall not be considered for evaluation 7 4 System Maintenance As per DoT guidelines operation and maintenance of the network shall be entirely by Indian engineers and dependence on foreign engineers shall be minimal within a period of two years from the date of LoA The contractor shall be responsible to maintain the confidentiality of the Employer s Syste
163. ent and its proper upkeep 17 Checking of battery terminals for corrosion and cleaning thereof torqueing and greasing Section 07 Page 19 of 30 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 18 Above observations shall be recorded as per enclosed format and duly signed at site by constituent POWERGRID Engineer C 3 discharge test on batteries once a year during 3 quarterly visit Details of Job to be carried Break Down Maintenance RWN Repair and replacement of Faulty Module Repairing and replacement of faulty components in the system Analysis report of the fault Plan for preventive measure to arrest recurrence of such faults a b c A 4 0 PANELTY FOR DEFAULT IN SERVICES Contractor will maintain an adequate level of qualified staff for carrying out this maintenance contract failing which Rs 50 000 per month will be deducted by Employer from the amount due to contractor under this contract In addition 5 of the total payable amount shall be deducted for every fall of 1 or part thereof in the specified availability In addition to above a penalty of Rs 1000 per day shall be imposed for not attending the fault in specified period for all non communication equipment For non communication equipment maxi
164. entative measures to be taken shall be documented in detail and submitted to Employer in advance of installation Optical fibre attenuation shall be measured after installation and before splicing Any increase in attenuation or step discontinuity in attenuation shall not be acceptable and shall constitute a cable Section 02 Page 16 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region segment failure In the event of cable damage or any fibre damage the complete section tension location to tension location shall be replaced as mid span joints are not acceptable Any or all additional steel work or modifications required to attach the fibre cabling to the overhead transmission distribution line towers shall also be carried out by the Contractor It shall be the Contractors responsibility to provide adequate communications among all crew members and support staff to ensure safe and successful installations 2 1 9 Cable Raceways To the extent possible existing cable raceways shall be utilised The Contractor is required to provide and install any additional indoor cable raceways which may be required for proper implementation of the fibre optic cabling system This requirement shall be finalised during survey The cable raceways shall conform to the f
165. er Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 6 12 Factory Acceptance Testing Requirements for Termination Equipment MUX amp DACS 1 Physical Inspection for conformance to DRS BOQ drawings and appearance of equipment 2 Performance of supervision alarm control and switching systems diagnostics loopbacks Craftsperson interface etc 3 shape cable compensation and line rate tolerance for the channel banks low level 7 Electrical interface tests which include output and input jitter bit error rate pulse multiplexers Framing signaling and operational and maintenance tests consistent with applicable ITU T requirements 5 Simulation of failure conditions and failover of each redundant unit Checks of power supply converter voltage margins and short circuit and overvoltage protection Random inspections to verify the accuracy of documentation Table 6 13 FAT on NMS ES Test of spare card slots and test of spare parts modules cards as per applicable tests 1 Physical inspection of NMS hardware for conformance to approved BoQ DRS amp drawing 2 Test to demonstrate the expansion capability of the NMS system Test to demonstrate the functionality of North bound interface 4 Testing of NMS to demonstrate proper operation
166. er approved DRS Drawings ee eee ee ee m m m COND ny A fw IN re Structure Mounting Clamp 14 Clamp fit test 15 Clamp Strength test Visual Material verification and dimensional checks as per approved DRS Drawings nN End of Table Section 06 Page 36 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under T Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 6 4 8 Factory Acceptance Test on Approach Cable The factory acceptance tests for Approach Cable specified below in Table 6 18 Table 6 18 Factory Acceptance Tests On Approach Cable Factory Acceptance Test Attenuation Co efficient at 1310 nm and 1550 nm Point discontinuities of attenuation 3 Visual Material verification and dimensional checks as per approved DRS Drawings 6 4 9 Factory Acceptance Test on Splice Enclosure Joint Box FODP The factory acceptance tests for Splice Enclosures FODP as specified below in Table Table 6 19 Factory Acceptance Tests on Splice Enclosures Joint Box FODP S No Factory Acceptance Test Visual check of Quantities and Specific Component Number for each component of Splice Enclosure FODP and dimensional checks against the approved drawings 6 4 10 Factory Acceptance Test on Test Equipment Pigtail amp other items As per technical specification and approve
167. ered in Appendices and the Contractor shall provide these as a part of TMN system The Contractor shall provide all required interface cards devices LAN routers bridges channel routing cabling wiring etc and interfacing required for full TMN data transport The TMN data transport shall utilize the wideband communications transmission system service channel in the overhead whenever possible This will provide inherent critical path protection Should the configuration requirements dictate multiple TMN station processors the TMN Master Station shall require bidirectional data transport with its station processor s This communications interfacing shall be via critically protected data channels It shall be the Contractor s responsibility to provide for and equip all necessary critically protected TMN data channel support In case supervisory channels are not available the Contractor shall provide suitable interfaces in their supplied equipment for transport of TMN data The Contractor shall also be responsible for providing suitable channels with appropriate interfaces to transport the TMN data The NMS information of existing PDH amp SDH system shall be transported through the new communication network wherever required up to the NMS location The NMS information of the new SDH amp PDH system being procured under the package shall be transported through the existing communication network using 64 kbps 2Mpbs G 703 interfaces Any hardw
168. es 60870 2 1 1995 Level 4 Power frequency Yes Table 14 of IEC magnetic field 60870 2 1 1995 Damped oscillatory Yes as magnetic field Table 15 of IEC 60870 2 1 1995 Level 4 Radiated electromagnetic field Yes Section 06 Page 12 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Table 6 4 Recommended Immunity Tests Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region S Immunity Test AC DC Control Telecom Para No IEC 1000 4 1 Power Power amp Line metres Supply Supply Signal 12 Power Frequency IEC 61000 4 16 voltage on control N A N A Yes Yes 2002 07 and signal lines Level 4 13 DC voltage on IEC 61000 4 16 control and signal N A N A Yes N A 2002 07 lines Level 4 End of Table b Emission Tests The list of Emission tests are specified below in Table 6 5 Table 6 5 Recommended Emission Tests S NO Emission test AC DC Contr Telecom Para Power Power ol amp Line metres Supply Supply Signal Table 17 1 LF disturbance voltages 6 are L CCITT N A Yes N A N A 1005 recommendation Class B P 53 a rasen Yes Yes N A N A disturbance voltages Section 06 RF disturbance voltages CISPR 22 RF disturbance currents CISPR 22 RF radiated fields CISPR 2
169. eseeeseeressessesresstrsrrrrrrsersrereeseeseee 7 4 1 12 DC output Characteristics of Modules esesseeeeeeeseseesseseresressrserrsrerrsereee 8 4 1 13 Current Limiting Voltage Droop eesseseeseesrserssressersrisressersserreesressreeresresss 8 4 1 14 SOD SIOW Start Feat re secesgieeyeg eerie ities 9 4 1 15 Voltage overshoot UndSrsi OO cess decczctvetcncesaesevcacesvdeceseceuuesvarvendevaoeveadesues 9 4 1 16 Electrical NoiSe ersinnen a R ETR E 9 4 1 17 Parallel Operations sisisiiiesisiiisissiosiirnisirenscieisri issii isisa 9 441 18 Protections E E E ES 10 4 1 19 DC Over voltage protection eeseseesseseieseesesrtssrssirsresstreresressrssresreeseesresres 10 4 1 20 F se Cir uit Bre k T Scsi sirini inssi tsadassnciesis irinse recesi Tra 10 4 1 21 AC Under Over Voltage Protection eeseseseeereeseereesrrererrersrrsrerrrrsersreses 10 4 1 22 Over Load Short Circuit Protection eeseseesseesessressrsressereresrersrseresreeserrsresres 10 4 1 23 Alarms and indicating lamps essssessesessessseseeeserssreressressrseresressereresresseesresees 10 A 1 24A Termimnatiot serorei irena aiin a T E ER Eia 11 4 1 25 DC Vestn AEN INS Sea ced sk tee bac teas tees ew insi issiusti iiaii aeiia 11 4 1 26 Earthing CaO Ss esinsin aaa e a E E E 11 4127 ATMS eener a E s e aE EE E ESSES 11 4 1 28 Digital Meters Display Unit eseeseeeesessesessrsssessessersesressrssresrresersresreeseese 12 4 2 Cabling amp Enclosure Requirements
170. ether in serial for attenuation monitoring Test shall be conducted with the tension suspension clamps proposed to be supplied The cable and the clamps shall be visually inspected for mechanical damage and photographed after the test Test shall be conducted with the tension suspension Page 18 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 6 9 Type tests for OPGW Cable S No Test Name Test Test Procedure Description clamps proposed to be supplied The cable and clamps shall be visually inspected for mechanical damage and photographed after the test All fibres of the test cable sample shall be spliced together in serial for attenuation monitoring 6 Cable Bend Procedure 2 in IEC 60794 1 2 The short term and long Test Method E11 term bend tests shall be conducted in accordance with Procedure 2 in IEC 60794 1 2 E11 to determine the minimum acceptable radius of bending without any increase in attenuation or any other damage to the fibre optic cable core such as bird caging deformation kinking and crimping 7 Sheave Test IEFE 1138 IEEE 1138 2009 Fibre attenuation shall be 2009 continuously monitored and Or recorded through a digital IEC 60794 1 2 data logging system or 2003 equivalent mean
171. ew and approval of test procedures 5 Participation in and approval of Type Factory and Site Acceptance tests 6 Review amp approval of training plans 7 Providing support and access to facilities at the sites 8 Implement major civil works such as expansion or construction of room necessary renovations required for the equipment to be provided by the Contractor Section 01 Page 12 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 9 Provide to the extent possible drawings for existing sites and facilities for which equipment installation are planned 10 Assistance in Obtaining statutory clearances from regulatory bodies payment of restoration charges 11 Compensation for crop forestry or vegetation damage unavoidably caused by the Contractor during the course of performance of work The Contractor shall take due diligence in properly planning and executing the work so as to minimise any such damage 12 Approval of the key personnel for the project 1 7 General Bidding Requirements The Bidder shall be responsive to the Employer s technical requirements as set forth in this specification The Bidder s proposal shall include the following 1 The Technical Proposal including the documents listed in the table 1 1 Bid Doc
172. f faulty unit to constituent POWERGRID at site or RLDC MAINTENANCE OF DC POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM DCPS includes charger Batteries DCDB and other associated cables connectors Meters relays switches surge protection devices etc The Contractor shall carry out both preventive and break down maintenance of the supplied DCPS amp Battery System Section 07 Page 12 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Preventive Maintenance PM This consists of necessary measures to maintain the equipment in the proper operating condition Preventive maintenance includes functional checking cleaning and necessary repair replacement adjustments etc It will be carried out quarterly at mutually agreed dates Break Down Maintenance Break Down Maintenance is to be carried out in the event of malfunctioning of DCPS equipment which blocks the normal operation of the DCPS Break down maintenance includes faultfinding repair or replacement of defective parts and functional checking Immediately on noticing the fault the fault will be reported by the constituent POWERGRID on phone to the contractor The fault reporting time on phone shall be taken as reference time for the purpose of RT and TAT RT is Response Time when contractor s person rep
173. f test reports for all of the Type Tests that are specified in the specifications and that have previously before Contract award been performed These reports may be accepted by the Employer only if they apply to materials and equipment that are essentially identical to those due to be delivered under the Contract and only if test procedures and parameter values are identical to those specified in this specifications carried out at accredited labs and witnessed by third party customer s representatives In the event of any discrepancy in the test reports or any type tests not carried out same shall be carried out by Contractor without any additional cost implication to the Employer d Type Tests shall be certified or performed by reputed laboratories using material and equipment data sheets and test procedures that have been approved by the Employer The test procedures shall be formatted as defined in the technical specifications and shall include a complete list of the applicable reference standards and submitted for Employer approval at least four 4 weeks before commencement of test s The Contractor shall provide the Employer at least 30 days written notice of the planned commencement of each type test e The Contractor shall provide a detailed schedule for performing all specified type tests These tests shall be performed in the presence of a representative of the Employer f The Contractor shall ensure that all type tests c
174. for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region N amp PE I gt 20 kA 8 20 uS I Value of Nominal Discharge Current Voltage rating of Class C surge arrestors shall be minimum 320 V The Class B amp C Surge protection devices shall work in tandem and in perfect co ordination to give complete protection to the DCPS system against lightning and switching surges 4 1 General Technical Requirements for SMPS based DC power supply units SMPS based DC power supply system is to be used in Auto Float cum Boost Charge mode as a regulated DC Power source DCPS system is to be installed indoors and shall be provided with IP21 panels The System shall consist of the following SMPS modules a Controller module to control and monitor all DCPS modules The Panel Distribution Switching arrangement shall be provided for the ultimate system capacity Ultimate System capacity is defined as 150 of the present capacity specified in Appendix B BOQ The ultimate capacity is over and above the requirement of redundancy wherever specified All factory wiring for the panel shall be for the ultimate capacity so that only plugging in of SMPS module shall enhance the DC power output The size of fuses MCBs switch bus etc shall be suitable for the ultimate capacity The system shall be sufficiently flexible to serve any load de
175. g ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region gt Typical tower drawings A x gt A H Tower Heighth Above Ground Typical 400 KV EHV Tower Appendix A Page 2 of 11 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Appendix A DIMEN ATS REF ORAVY ENCLOSED amp mo AG nn TOWER DETAILS OA DS 3430 6520 5205 600 5275 lt 570 SbSu0 15625 4080 3530 4225 4179 4575 a730 29050 31826 4680 50 ceog 75000 KI ea Typical 220 KV EHV Tower lt H f Page 3 of 11 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Typical 132 kV Single Circuit Suspension Tension Tower Appendix A Page 4 of 11 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table A 1 Typical transmission line details Design Tension at Every Wind Wei
176. g dial callipers to measure the diameter of the core tube The material shall be defined as failed if any visible distortion crushing cracking or breaking of the core tube is observed or the fibre optic cable within the core tube is not free to move or when the diameter of the core tube as measured at any location in the clamped area is more than 0 5 mm larger or smaller of the core diameter as measured outside the clamped area v Structure Mounting Clamp Strength Test The clamp and mounting assembly shall be assembled on a vertical 200 mm x 200 mm angle and a short length of fibre optic cable installed A vertical load of 200 kg shall be applied at the end of the mounting clamp and held for 5 minutes Subsequently the load shall be increased to 400 kg and held for 30 seconds Any visible distortion slipping or breaking of any component of the mounting clamp or assembly shall constitute failure Section 06 Page 24 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 6 3 2 7 Type Test on Vibration Damper a Dynamic Characteristic Test The damper shall be mounted with its clamp tightened with torque recommended by the manufacturer on shaker table capable of simulating sinusoidal vibrations for Critical Aeolian Vibration frequency band 0 18 d t
177. g system shall be placed in service at least one month before the initially scheduled beginning of the FAT This system shall be designed to record and track variances for documentation deficiencies functional deficiencies performance deficiencies procedural deficiencies as when deviations from contractually required QA Section 9 Page 4 of 14 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 2 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region procedures are observed and test deficiencies as when the System cannot satisfactorily pass a step within a test procedure Variances may be initiated by both Contractor and the Employer personnel and shall be classified as follows a Open recorded but not necessarily agreed to b Assigned denoting acceptance by the Contractor c Pending denoting fixed in the Contractor s opinion and awaiting retest or verification d Resolved denoting the Employer acceptance or verification For the tracking of the variances and to support the automatic printout of subset lists the following information fields shall be stored for each variance e Variance number automatically assigned f Date initially recorded g Status open assigned pending resolved h Date current status recorded i Names of the involved Employer personnel j Names of a
178. ge general requirements responsibilities amp obligations of contractor as well as Employer and general bidding requirements 1 1 Project Overview POWERGRID has implemented System Coordination amp Control SC amp C projects on regional basis for providing advance EMS SCADA and Communication System for Management of Regional Power Grids These projects are also known as Unified Load Despatch Communication ULDC projects These ULDC projects were commissioned progressively from July 2002 to February 2006 in Southern Northern North Eastern Eastern amp Western regions The wideband communication network built under North Eastern Region SC amp C project consists of Fiber Optic and Digital Microwave MW links The Digital Microwave links are operating in the 2 3 to 2 5 GHz frequency range As per GOI guidelines it has been decided by DoT to allocate 2 3 to 2 4 GHz frequency band to Broadband Wireless Access BWA services and therefore this frequency band is to be vacated by the POWERGRID Accordingly fibre optic based communication system is to be established in lieu of existing MW system under North Eastern Region ULDC The fibre optic cable shall be installed on POWERGRID Transmission Line as well as the Transmission lines of State Power Transmission Utilities in North Eastern Region In view of the urgent requirement few of the links are being installed by diverting OPGW amp associated hardware accessories from an ongoing project in
179. ght Earth Minimum Clearance in mtrs Nominal Span E W Wind Zone Day Temp 32 C and Pressure Max Sag Ground UTS ae Line S C or 7 oe 5 P wire Voltage D C amp Conductors in as per full wind condition kg Sq m Wire at 53 C Earthwire mtrs IS 802 Earthwire in kg for considering in mtrs in Kg in Kg km Al Bl C1 Wind Zone gust factor 1 S C 400 IV 3180 20 188 76 10 165 6974 0 583 8 84 8 0 9 0 400KV D C 400 IV 3345 86 198 83 10 199 6972 0 583 8 84 8 0 9 0 D C 350 IV 2543 88 192 00 7 684 5708 0 428 7 015 4 9 8 5 220 kV S C 350 v 2758 53 217 44 7 86 5708 0 428 7 015 4 9 8 5 ISEV S C 320 m 2508 93 167 72 5 13 5708 0 428 6 1 3 9 6 1 S C 300 v 2806 86 212 474 4 504 5708 0 428 6 1 3 9 6 1 S C 320 VI 3255 30 262 31 5 13 5708 0 428 6 1 3 9 6 1 Al Minimum clearance between conductor and ground in meters Bl Minimum clearance between two phase conductors in meters vertical in case of D C towers and horizontal in case of S C towers Cl Minimum clearance between conductor and earth wire in meters State wise Wind Zones As per IS 875 Part 3 1 Arunachal Pradesh III Major Portion IV 2 Assam IV V VI 3 Mizoram VI 400KV IV Zone 220KV IV amp V Zone 132KV IlI V amp VI Zone Appendix A Page 5 of 11 j Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 5 J Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Micr
180. h matrix all routing logic and timing circuitry for internally sourced line derived or externally supplied network timing and full software support The DACSs to be provided under this contract shall consist of at least a 16 port switching matrix with 16 ports equipped i e 16 X 16 size The DACS shall also be able to switch the signalling of the voice channels along with the voice channels The DACS shall not use decrease or block the specified capacity of the switching matrix while switching the signalling The DACS shall support the Channel Associated Signallling CAS and Common Channel Signalling CCS both as per ITU T G 704 The DACS shall provide user friendly control and management software The user shall be able to operate the DACS locally through craft terminal via an RS 232 interface or remotely under TMN supervisory control Table 3 4 CEPT E 1 Digital Access Cross Connect System Required Operating Characteristics E 1 Trunk Capacity Minimum 16 Port Switch Matrix Minimum 4 Port I O per card Tributary Capacity 30 X 64 Kbps Compatibility CEPT E 1 CEPT E 1 tributary channel Frame Delay Minimum lt frame Maximum lt 2 frames E 1 Port Interface 2 048 Mb s 50 ppm Interface Code HDB3 Impedance 75 ohm unbalanced Peak Level 75 ohm 2 37 volts 10 Maximum Insertion Loss 6 db Signal Waveform Per CCITT G 703 Section 03 Page 18 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd y Volume II Technical
181. hall be no loose parts such as suspension clamps U bolts on the test span supported between clamps mentioned above The span shall be equipped with vibration inducing equipment suitable for producing steady standing vibration The inducing equipment shall have facilities for step less speed control as well as step less amplitude arrangement Equipment shall be available for measuring the frequency cumulative number of cycles and amplitude of vibration at any point along the span ii Fatigue Test The vibration damper shall be installed on the test span with the manufacturer s specified tightening torque It shall be ensured that the damper shall be kept minimum three loops away from the shaker to eliminate stray signals influencing damper movement Section 06 Page 26 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region The damper shall then be vibrated at the highest resonant frequency of each damper mass For dampers involving torsional resonant frequencies tests shall be done at torsional modes also in addition to the highest resonant frequencies at vertical modes The resonance frequency shall be identified as the frequency at which each damper mass vibrates with the maximum amplitude on itself The amplitude of vibration of the damper clamp shal
182. he cable in service The messenger cable other than stainless steel shall be hot dip galvanised in accordance with the recommendations of IS 4826 for heavily coated wires The damper mass shall be made of hot dip galvanised mild steel cast iron or a permanent mould cast zinc alloy All castings shall be free from defects such as cracks shrinkage inclusions and blow holes etc The surface of the damper masses shall be smooth The damper clamp shall be casted over the messenger cable and offer sufficient and permanent grip on it The messenger cable shall not slip out of the grip at a load less than the mass pull off value of the damper The damper masses made of material other than zinc alloy shall be fixed to the messenger cable in a suitable manner in order to avoid excessive stress concentration on the messenger cables which shall cause premature fatigue failure of the same The messenger cable ends shall be suitably and effectively sealed to prevent corrosion The damper mass made of zinc alloy shall be casted over the messenger cable and have sufficient and permanent grip on the messenger cable under all service conditions The contractor must indicate the clamp bolt tightening torque to ensure that the slip strength of the clamp is maintained between 2 5 KN and 5 KN The clamp when installed on the OPGW cable shall not cause excessive stress concentration on the OPGW cable leading to permanent deformation of the OPGW strands and premature fatigue
183. hey are switched on the DC output voltage shall be limited to 5 of the set voltage amp return to their steady state within 20 ms for load variation of 25 to 100 b The DC output voltage overshoot for a step change in AC mains as specified in clause 4 3 12 Electrical Requirements shall not cause shut down of SMPS module and the voltage overshoot shall be limited to 5 of its set voltage and return to steady state within 20ms c The modules shall be designed such that a step load change of 25 to 100 and vice versa shall not result in DC output voltage Overshoot Undershoot of not more than 5 and return to steady state value within 10 ms without resulting the unit to trip 4 1 16 Electrical Noise The Rectifier SMPS Modules shall be provided with suitable filter at output with discharge arrangements on shut down of the modules The Psophometric Noise e m f weighted at 800Hz with battery connected across the output should be within 2 mV at full load at nominal input AC supply For test purposes this shall be taken as equivalent to 4mV when the battery is not connected and in accordance to ITU T Rec 0 41 Voltage at the output of the Rectifier SMPS module without battery connected shall not exceed 300 mV at the switching frequency measured by an Oscilloscope of 50 60 MHz bandwidth Typical 4 1 17 Parallel Operation SMPS modules shall be suitable for operating in parallel with one or more modules of similar type make and
184. hirty 30 days Contractor s hardware services shall also cover support for the NMS hardware amp Software supplied to POWERGRID as part of the Contract Contractor shall be responsible for providing spares for the supplied NMS system if required during maintenance period at no additional cost to the Employer The Contractor shall provide support within four 4 hours of fault reporting at Shillong site and the next day for all other outstation sites after logging in of the faults Contractor will carry out the following tasks for hardware services Section 07 Page 13 of 30 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Handover the faulty unit s to Employer Replace faulty units from their own spares stock Send faulty units to Original equipment supplier s representative in India on Employer behalf with the correctly completed Failure Report with site information and symptoms of failure Test the repaired unit for their healthiness after the same is rectified by the original manufacturer A 1 5 MAINTENANCE SERVICES SUMMARY The Maintenance Services are summarised below ON SITE SUPPORT MAINTENANCE Scope Three Engineers One Co ordinator Availability On all working days of week except on Sundays amp holidays during office
185. hment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 6 9 Type tests for OPGW Cable S No Test Name Test Test Procedure Description 3 Short Circuit IEEE 1138 IEEE 1138 2009 Fibre attenuation shall be Test 2009 continuously monitored and 5 Section 06 Or TEC60794 4 10 TEC 60794 1 2 2003 Method H1 IEEE 1138 2009 Aeolian Vibration Test Or IEC60794 4 10 IEC 60794 1 2 Method E19 IEEE 1138 2009 Galloping test TEEE 1138 2009 TEEE 1138 2009 recorded through a digital data logging system or equivalent means A suitable temperature sensor such as thermocouple shall be used to monitor and record the temperature inside the OPGW tube in addition to monitoring amp recording the temperatures between the strands and between optical tube and the strand as required by IEEE 1138 Test shall be conducted with the tension clamps proposed to be supplied The cable and the clamps shall be visually inspected for mechanical damage and photographed after the test Initial temperature during the test shall be greater than or equal to ambient field temperature Fibre attenuation shall be continuously monitored and recorded through a digital data logging system or equivalent means The vibration frequency and amplitude shall be monitored and recorded continuously All fibres of the test cable sample shall be spliced tog
186. hysical characteristics of conventional overhead ground wire while providing the optical transmission properties of optical fibre 2 1 2 8 1 Central Fibre Optic Unit The central fibre optic unit shall be designed to house and protect multiple buffered optical fibre units from damage due to forces such as crushing bending twisting tensile stress and moisture The central fibre optic unit and the outer stranded metallic conductors shall serve together as an integral unit to protect the optical fibres from degradation due to vibration and galloping wind and ice loadings wide temperature variations lightning and fault current as well as environmental effects which may produce hydrogen The OPGW design of dissimilar materials such as stainless steel tube with aluminium or aluminium clad steel wire strands are not allowed Central fibre optic unit may be of aluminium or stainless steel tube with aluminium protective coating In case of aluminium protective coating the coating must completely cover the tubes leaving no exposed areas of tubing that can make electrical contact either directly or indirectly through moisture contamination protrusions etc with the surrounding stranded wires The tube may be fabricated as a seamless tube seam welded or a tube without a welded seam 2 1 2 8 2 Basic Construction The cable construction shall conform to the applicable requirements of this specification applicable clauses of IEC 61089 related to st
187. ibre optic cable shall be installed in the splice box and the fibres must be spliced and looped in order to simulate conditions of use The attenuation of the fibres shall be measured during certain tests by relevant Fibre Optic Test Procedures EIA TIA 455 or IEC 60794 1 procedures i Temperature Cycling Test FO cable is installed in the splice enclosure and optical fibres spliced and looped The box must be subjected to 5 cycles of temperature variations of 40 C to 65 C with a dwell time of at least 2 hours on each extreme Fibre loop attenuation shall be measured in accordance with EIA 455 20 IEC 60794 1 C10 The variation in attenuation shall be less than 0 05dB The final humidity level inside the box shall not exceed the initial level at the closing of the box Section 06 Page 27 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region ii Humid Heat test The sealed splice enclosure with fibres spliced and looped inside must be subjected to a temperature of 55 C 2 C with a relative humidity rate of between 90 and 95 for 5 days The attenuation variation of the fibres during the duration of the test shall be less than 0 05dB and the internal humidity rate measured less than 2 iii Rain Withstand Test Water Immer
188. ic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Type Test l Test As per IEC FAT SAT No 60896 6 Short circuit current and internal resistance y 7 Mechanical Tests y Vibration Test procedure as per IEC 60068 2 6 Free fall Test procedure as per IEC 60068 2 32 NOTE The batteries shall meet the general requirements as per IEC 60896 or equivalent 6 3 2 4 Type Tests for Optical Fibres The type tests listed below in table 6 8 shall be conducted on DWSM fibres to be supplied as part of overhead cables The tests specific to the cable type are listed in subsequent sections Table 6 8 Type Tests For Optical Fibres Test Name Acceptance Criteria Test procedure Attenuation As per Section 02 of TS IEC 60793 1 40 Or EIA TIA 455 78A Attenuation Variation with As per Section 02 of TS IEC 60793 1 40 Wavelength Or EIA TIA 455 78A 3 Attenuation at Water Peak IEC 60793 1 40 Or EIA TIA 455 78A i Temp Cycling As per Section 02 of TS IEC 60793 1 52 6 Temp dependence of Or EIA TIA 455 3A 2 Attenuation cycles Attenuation With Bending IEC 60793 1 47 Bend Performance Or EIA TIA 455 62A Mode Field dia IEC 60793 1 45 Or EIA TIA 455 164A 167A 174 Chromatic Dispersion IEC 60793 1 42 Or EIA TIA 455 168A 169A 175A Section 06 Page 16 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Sp
189. ication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region or approval date of completion of review or approval by the Employer and outcome of review or approval by the Employer When the Employer requires correction to any document the documentation schedule shall be updated with a new entry for the next revision of the document The content and format of the documentation schedule shall be subject to the Employer approval The documentation schedule shall allow for at least two submissions of each document requiring review or approval The time schedule for document review or approval by the Employer shall be as specified in this section 9 2 3 Training Schedule The training schedule shall identify the dates of all of the training courses The Contractor shall work with the Employer to determine the training schedule The training schedule shall be subject to the Employer approval The appendices provide training requirement for this package The training schedule shall accommodate the Constituent s availability of personnel in so much as it is possible 9 3 Progress Reporting With the intent to assure quality management and project progress as per the implementation schedule progress reports submitted for each reporting period and Progress Review Meetings shall focus on the following 9 3 1 Monthly Progress Reports A Monthly Progress Report shall be prepared by the Project Manager that includes inputs from a
190. ication and dimensional checks as per approved DRS Drawings Rated Tensile Strength zZ ele e e 5 Lay Length Measurements Section 06 Page 35 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 6 4 7 Factory Acceptance Test on OPGW Fittings The factory acceptance tests for OPGW Fittings as specified below in Table 6 17 The sampling plan shall be as per relevant standard Table 6 17 Factory Acceptance Tests On OPGW Fittings Factory Acceptance Test Suspension Assembly Clamp Slip Test 3 Visual Material verification and dimensional checks as per approved DRS Drawings 4 Mechanical strength of each component 5 Galvanising test Tension Assembly 6 Clamp Slip Strength test 7 Visual Material verification and dimensional checks as per approved DRS Drawings Mechanical strength of each component 9 Galvanising test Vibration Damper 10 Galvanising test on damper masses and messenger wires Damper response resonant frequencies Clamp Slip test Strength of messenger wires Attachments of weights to messenger cable Attachments of clamps to messenger cable Clamp bolt tightening test Clamp bolt torque test Dynamic characteristic test 19 Visual Material verification and dimensional checks as p
191. ide and install replacement parts at its own cost and expense In the installation test report the Contractor shall include a list of all hardware or components replaced or changed between the completion of factory tests and the start of field tests and show that documentation and spare parts have been updated The minimal installation testing requirements for fiber optic transmission subsystem Termination equipment sub system and NMS are provided in respective Tables in this section 6 5 2 2 Link Commissioning Tests Section 06 Page 39 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 7 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region The commissioning tests shall verify that communication can be performed over the fiber optic link under test Delay measurement Bit Error measurements amp service channel performance monitoring shall be made on the fibre optic links to verify compliance with designed link performance For Ethernet interface At a minimum the following test requirements shall be demonstrated as per RFC 2544 a Ping test b Throughput test c Latency test d Packet Loss 10 of the total links Chosen by the Employer generally to cover links from all configurations used shall be tested for a duration of 12 Hours Rest of the links shall be tested for 1 Hour In cas
192. ieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 3 3 2 2 Link Performance The Link performance for ES SES and BER for the fibre optic links shall correspond to National Network as defined in ITU T G 826 3 3 2 3 FODP to SDH Equipment The Contractor shall be responsible for connectivity between the FODP and the SDH equipment The Contractor shall provide FC PC coupled patch cords The location of FODP shall be finalized during survey The patch cord length between the FODP amp equipment rack shall be suitably protected from rodents abrasion crush or mechanical damage 3 4 Termination Equipment Subsystem The Termination Equipment Subsystem is defined to include the equipment that interfaces adapts the subscriber user to the Fibre Optic Transmission System FOTS A Functional description of these equipments are as follows 3 4 1 Functional Description The transmission network node provides subscriber interface to the transmission network and or switching routing For clarity the basic functions accomplished at the network nodal points are described briefly as follows Primary Multiplexer shall be used to accomplish subscriber connectivity to the Digital Communication Network Subscriber Line Units shall provide analog to digital and direct digital conversion to 64 Kbps digital channel In the CEPT standard hierarchy thirty 30 such 64 Kbps digital channels shall be Time Division Multiplexed TDM resulting in
193. igned a unique transmittal number Discussions and phone calls where project related information is exchanged shall be documented in a transmittal The Contractor shall maintain a correspondence index and assign transmittal numbers consecutively for all Contractor documents The Employer will maintain a similar correspondence numbering scheme identifying documents and correspondence that the Employer initiates Section 9 Page 2 of 14 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 3 y Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 9 1 4 Quality Assurance 9 1 4 1 General The Contractor shall adhere to a Quality Assurance QA program for the preparation of all Contract deliverables including documentation hardware firmware and software The program shall provide for early detection of actual or potential deficiencies timely and effective corrective action and a method of traceability of all such deficiencies The Bidder s proposal shall include the relevant ISO 9000 certificates from the main Bidder and from all subcontractors which have a major part over 10 of the delivery The relevant ISO 9000 standards to be provided are the following ISO 9001 model for quality assurance in design development production installation and servicing ISO 9002 model for quality assurance in produ
194. ilability between any two data or voice subscribers on the wideband network Section 03 Page 6 of 29 3 2 4 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region B New nodes with requirement of SDH equipment only 1 The availability of each fibre optic link E1 to E1 shall be at least 99 999 2 The availability of network end to end E1 to E1 shall be at least 99 998 The calculated availability is defined as the theoretical availability determined by a statistical calculation based on the mean time between failure MTBF and the mean time to repair MTTR of the components and subsystems comprising the FOTS The down time of the fibre optic cable shall not be considered in the aforesaid availability calculations In order to ensure that the equipment amp configuration proposed by the bidders shall be capable of demonstrating the specified availability figures it is required that the Bidders shall include in their proposal a calculated availability analysis for the proposed equipment sub system The calculated failure rates of the units and the calculated availabilities of the equipment being offered shall be provided in the proposal The analysis shall be based on an availability block diagram and shall include the mean time between failure MTBF
195. ing to be performed in accordance with the requirements of this specification Section 05 Page 9 of 10 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 2 Installation of racks cabinets cable raceways and cabling supplied as part of this contract 5 4 3 Cable Trenches A network of cable trenches and or ducts may exist at some sites but shall require expansion and or new construction at some stations It shall be a responsibility of the contractor to cooperate fully with the Employer and all other on going project contractors in the planning and efficient use of existing and new cable trenches The existing cable trenches cable raceways proposed to be used shall be identified in the survey report The contractor shall make its best effort to route the cable through the existing available cable trenches Where suitable existing cable trenches are not available suitable alternatives shall be proposed for Employer approval The Employer shall provide any additional cable trenches required for such approved alternatives It may be noted that in order to utilise the existing trenches the Contractor supplied cables may be required to be co located with LV cables Accordingly the contractor shall ensure that selection and installation of cables is suitab
196. ining system statistics 3 7 3 4 Security Management The TMN shall be provided with security features to limit access to monitoring and control capabilities to only authorized personnel One access level of System Administrator and at least two levels of operator access shall be provided read view only and write configure The system administrator shall be able to create define and modify operators with different access levels network domains and perform all kind of maintenance and up gradation of the TMN system With read only access level network parameters should only be viewed Access to database maintenance command control and test functions shall be available with write access level Means shall be provided to ensure only one authorized user has write capability for a selected domain of the network It shall be possible to define multiple domains for purposes of monitoring and control Section 03 Page 25 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Human error and conflict detection are also required Such errors and access violations shall be reported to the offending user as error messages and warnings 3 8 Communication Channel Requirement and Integration Communication requirements for TMN system have not been consid
197. installed in off line conditions The tentative bill of quantities for both live line as well as off line OPGW cable system installations have been Section 01 Page 3 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region specified in the appendices and the actual quantities for both types shall be finalised during project execution after detailed survey The Contractor has to carry out the detailed survey and collect the required data for preparation of drum schedule For Fibre Optic links in the Northern Region the survey has already been completed and the survey reports shall be provided to the contractor for finalisation of drum schedule The erection installation of OPGW cable on new transmission lines shall be carried out by Transmission Line Package Contractor under the supervision of Communication System Package Contractor The details of the survey carried out by the Transmission Line Contractors along with tower spotting data shall be provided to Communication System Package Contractor for this line Full co ordination will be required between this Package Contractor and Tower Package Contractor In particular the required lengths and schedule of delivery of drums of OPGW and installation fittings shall be co ordinated and agreed between both p
198. intenance access 3 5 1 1 Digital Distribution Frame Functional Requirements The Contractor shall provide DDF for Digital Signal Cross connect DSX Broadband quality Section 03 Page 20 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region better than 20 MHz patching facilities configured normally thru with Equipment Line and Monitor Patch Jacks DDFs shall provide the following basic functions i Normally thru circuit routing ii Circuit rerouting via patch cord assemblies iii Circuit disconnect and termination All DDFs shall be sized and equipped to support the offered configuration of the provided equipment Independent Transmit and Receive patch jack assemblies line and equipment shall provide for separate transmit and receive single plug patching Transmit and receive patch jack assemblies shall be located side by side such that dual plug patch cord assemblies may be used to route both transmit and receive for the same circuit 3 5 1 2 Main Distribution Frames The Contractor shall make provision for cross connection of subscriber services to the subscribers utilizing Krone type or equivalent and shall provide full connectivity up to and terminated on the equipment side of the appropriate DDFs and line side of MDFs The Contrac
199. ion of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region l c O oSF lt gt Sr No Item Description Unit 2 O oS ee a e 1 24 Fibre DWSM Km 8 9 4 21 Installation hardware set for above 24Fibre 2 Fibre Optic Approach Cable suim 9 a 4 Al D Survey of Transmission line for OPGW Km 398 401 0 799 Note One set of installation hardware shall contain all installation hardware fittings as may be required for 1 km of OPGW amp Approach Fibre optic Cable Appendix B Page 3 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 2 BOQ for Telecom Equipment oO a gt S N ae on o _ ltem Description Unit O g 5 5 lt e 1 0 Transmission Equipment A SDH Equipment STM 4 ADM up to two directions I Base Equipment Common cards Cross connect control cards Optical base card Power supply cards power cabling other N ERE l O 11 11 22 hardware amp accessories including sub racks patch cords DDF etc fully equipped excluding II and III be
200. ion of the faulty system shall be goverened as per terms amp condition of the contract A 1 10 SCOPE OF WORK DURING MAINTENANCE PERIOD Sl no Description Detailed Scope 1 Overall Infrastructure includes the building air conditioners Section 07 Page 16 of 30 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Infrastructure AC DC system UPS cable trenches Earthing etc provided by POWERGRID They will be maintained by POWERGRID 1 1 Equipment site 1 1 1 General conditions General checking during semi annual troubleshooting site visits and advise Cleanliness of the room General checking during semi annual troubleshooting site visits and advise Earthing interconnections Checking connector cleaning redoing the connection during semi annual troubleshooting site visits limited to the earthing of equipment under scope of maintenance and as required specifically Earthing interconnection will be checked upto earthing star point Earthing interconnection shall also be checked and corrected during troubleshooting site visits if it is considered the probable cause of fault Measurement of earth resistance during semi annual site visit Air conditioning General checking during semi
201. ion requirements of RTUs and the SCADA DMS system described in point to multi point and or multipoint to multipoint configurations using Ethernet over SDH The fibre optic network shall be based on Synchronous Digital Hierarchy SDH having bit rate of STM 4 However the offered equipment can be upgraded to STM 16 by changing the optical card interface only The Contractor can propose a system based on higher bit rate systems if required so as to meet the link budget requirements or any other specification requirement The detailed BOQ is described in appendices Section 03 Page 4 of 29 3 2 2 3 2 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Functional Requirement The primary function of the communication network is to provide a highly reliable voice and data communication system in support of the SCADA EMS The communications support requirement for SCADA EMS system is for low amp high speed data express voice circuits and administrative voice circuits as defined in appendices A brief summary of the communication system requirements is as follows a High speed El channel support b 64kbps amp nx64kbps data channel support c Low speed 300 1200 bps data channel support d Voice 2 wires 4 wires channel support e Data tra
202. ions network consisting of overhead fibre optic systems Communication Network diagram proposed in support of Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region is given in Appendix A The Contractor shall provide fibre optic links in lieu of existing Microwave Radio links The switchover of the traffic from Microwave Radio equipment to fibre optic equipment shall be planned to avoid downtime 1 4 Scope amp General Requirements The scope of this package is described in following parts Part I Fibre Optic Cable The broad scope of the procurement of this part include the survey planning design engineering manufacturing supply transportation insurance delivery at site unloading handling storage installation splicing termination testing training and demonstration for acceptance commissioning and documentation for a OPGW fibre optic cable including all associated hardware accessories amp fittings b Fibre Optic approach cable including installation material c Fibre Optic Distribution Panels FODP amp Joint Box d Supply of spares and test equipment e All other associated work items described in the technical specifications Most of the OPGW fibre optic cables under this project shall be installed under live line conditions i e with all the circuits of the transmission line charged to their rated voltage However some of OPGW cables may be
203. ipment and grounding bus bars shall be minimum size 70 mm stranded conductors copper copper strip rated at 300 volts All hinged doors shall be earthed through flexible earthing braid Signal and Safety earthing shall be provided separately 4 1 27 Alarms Following Visual indications display such as LEDs LCDs or a combination of both shall be provided to indicate Functional Indications for local monitoring a Mains available not mandatory if provided at module level b DCPS SMPSs in Float charge Mode c DCPS SMPSs in Boost Charge Mode Alarm Indication for local monitoring a Load Voltage High Low Section 04 Page 11 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region b DCPS module SMPS fail c Mains out of range d System Over Load e Mains ON Battery Discharge f Battery fail isolated All the protections alarms shall be within tolerance of 0 25V in case of DC voltage 1 in case of DC current and 5V for AC voltage Alarm Indication for remote monitoring a Input AC mains supply fail alarm b Battery low voltage Pre cut off alarm c DCPS module fail Potential free Contacts in two numbers for each of the above remote monitoring alarms one for remote alarm interfaced through communication equipments and one r
204. is project which are described in this section The BOQ is provided in the appendices For the purpose of BOQ the SDH Equipment is considered to be divided in three parts i e Optical Interface SFP Tributary Cards Electrical tributaries such as E1 amp Ethernet 10 100 Mbps and Base Equipment Consisting of Common Cards Control cards Optical base cards Power supply cards sub rack cabinet other hardware and accessories required for installation of equipment i e everything besides optical interface SFP and tributary cards If bidder is offering equipment with multifunction cards such as cross connect or control card with optical interface SFP or tributary interface such type of multifunction card shall be considered as Common control card and shall be the part of base equipment In case optical interface SFP is embedded with control card the adequate number of optical interface SFPs shall be offered to meet the redundancy requirements of the specifications Further control card shall not be equipped with more than one optical interface SFP and optical base card shall not be equipped with more than two optical interface SFPs Section 03 Page 11 of 29 E Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region The equipment shall be configurable either as Te
205. itional clock with full justification The system equipment requiring clock shall be connected to the master clock using external clocking For this purpose appropriate interfaces s in the transmission amp Section 03 Page 5 of 29 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region termination equipment being supplied and all other associated hardware shall be provided by the Contractor 3 2 3 2 System Maintainability To facilitate performance trending efficient diagnosis and corrective resolution the system shall permit in service diagnostic testing to be executed both locally and from remote locations manually and or initiated under TMN control Such testing shall not affect the functional operation of the system Preventive and problem oriented maintenance of the communications system shall be performed using diagnostics tools such as TMN and test equipment They shall support complete maintenance of all system elements and shall permit the diagnosis of any fault without requiring additional test equipment The Contractor shall provide specialized training required to operate above mentioned diagnostic tools For all redundant systems disconnection and repair of any failed device shall not interrupt the operation of the system 3 2 3 3 System
206. k supplied under this package At a minimum functions of Network management layer NML and Element management layer EML as defined in CCITT M3010 The detailed functions are listed in TS ID TMNremote sub system including remote operator console at all the SLDCs shall support management of all equipments supplied under the respective Constituents in this package IMD Monitoring and control of NEs using Craft Terminals as defined in this Section d Supervisory monitoring and control of the following station associated devices D Intrusion Detection Alarms ID Power Failure HI Fire and Smoke Detection IV Environmental Control Temperature Humidity etc e Communication channel support for TMN System as specified in Technical Specifications TS The supplied TMN system shall be capable of handling all management functions for at least 150 of the final network elements Further the centralised TMN system shall also have provision for addition of at least two remote operator consoles The TMN hardware shall be so designed that failure of a single processor component router switch converter etc shall not Section 03 Page 22 of 29 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under T Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region inhibit any of the functionality of the TMN at control centre
207. l be maintained not less than 25 f mm where f is the frequency in Hz The test shall be conducted for minimum ten million cycles at each resonant frequency mentioned above During the test if resonance shift is observed the test frequency shall be tuned to the new resonant frequency The clamp slip test as mentioned herein above shall be repeated after fatigue tests without retorquing or adjusting the damper clamp and the clamp shall withstand a minimum load equal to 80 of the slip strength for a minimum duration of one minute After the above tests the damper shall be removed from fibre optic cable and subjected to dynamic characteristics test There shall not be any major deterioration in the characteristics of the damper The damper then shall be cut open and inspected There shall not be any broken loose or damaged part There shall not be significant deterioration or wear of the damper The fibre optic cable under clamp shall also be free from any damage For purposes of acceptance the following criteria shall be applied 1 There shall not be any resonant frequency shift before and after test by more than 20 G 2 The power dissipation of the damper before and after test at the individual resonant frequencies do not differ by more than 20 6 3 2 8 Type Tests for Splice Enclosures Joint Box Following Type tests shall be demonstrated on the Splice Enclosure s Splice Enclosure Box For certain tests lengths of the f
208. l interfaces alarms and diagnostics etc For Test equipment amp clock FAT shall include supply of proper calibration certificates demonstration of satisfactory performance evidence of correct equipment configuration and manufacturer s final inspection certificate report 6 4 1 Sampling for FAT From each batch of equipment presented by the Contractor for Factory acceptance testing the Employer shall select random sample s to be tested for acceptance Unless otherwise agreed all required FAT tests in the approved FAT procedures shall be performed on all samples The Sampling rate for the Factory acceptance tests shall be minimum 10 of the batch size minimum 1 for all items The physical verification shall be carried out on 100 of the offered quantities as per the approved FAT procedure In case any of the selected samples fail the failed sample is rejected and additional 20 samples shall be selected randomly and tested In case any sample from the additional 20 also fails the entire batch may be rejected In case a number of equipments are required for demonstration of the performance of any equipment during FAT the sample size shall be taken as that number of equipments which are necessary to demonstrate the performance irrespective of the percentage For the OPGW Aerial cable hardware fittings amp accessories the minimum sampling rate and batch acceptance criteria shall be as defined in IS 2486 The Sampling rate for the F
209. l path Penalty An optical path penalty of at least 1 dB shall be considered to account for total degradations due to reflections inter symbol interference mode partition noise and laser chirp 6 Maintenance Margin A maintenance margin of at least 2 5 dB 100Km shall be kept towards cabling repair splicing cable ageing and temperature variations etc 7 Other losses Other losses if any required specifically for system to be supplied shall also be suitably considered 8 Dispersion The fibre dispersion shall be taken to be the guaranteed maximum dispersion i e 18 ps nm Km 1550 nm amp 6 ps nm km 1310 nm for DWSM fibres 9 Bit Error Rate The link budget calculations shall be done for a BER of 10 The bidders shall determine the total link loss based on the above parameters and shall submit the system design including link budget calculations for each category of fibre optic link during detailed Engineering For finalising the FOTS system design amp BOQ above methodology shall be adopted taking into account fibre attenuation dispersion and splice loss determined during the detailed engineering Accordingly additions and deletions from the contract shall be carried out based on unit rates indicated in the contract Section 03 Page 14 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in l
210. lable in the subsystem equipment Page 14 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region d In case of failure of any El no consequential lower level channel failure shall be accounted for e In case a loss of communication is detected in system of third party PLCC PABX equipment RTU SCADA existing SDH PDH equipment procured under separate contract and no corresponding alarm is detected in NMS the event will be jointly studied with the parties and plan schedule of fault finding will be made However under such conditions of fault attribution to the third party it would be contractor s responsibility to logically establish such attribution f If it is needed to identify the fault it is allowed to disconnect loop circuits for trouble shootings This testing time shall not be counted in the outage time calculations However interruption time for healthy channel should not exceed 10 minutes Proper planning and coordination with all concerned may be required while carrying out this activity so as to minimize outage time g Outage due to force majeure conditions Not attending fault due to war curfew earthquake at the location of fault serious accident during traveling for attending fault or outage due to failure in power system
211. le 6 20 b Fibre Optic Cable Splicing Testing Section 06 Page 38 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 1 Per splice bi directional average attenuation with OTDR 2 Physical inspection of splice box enclosure for proper fibre cable routing techniques Physical inspection of sealing techniques weatherproofing etc Table 6 20 c Fibre Optic Cable Commissioning Testing Description a End to End FODP to FODP bi directional average attenuation of each fibre at 1310 nm and 1550 nm by OTDR ea End to End FODP to FODP bi directional average attenuation of each fibre at a 1310 nm and 1550 nm by Power meter 3 Bi directional average splice loss by OTDR of each splice as well as for all splices in the link including at FODP also 4 Proper termination and labelling of fibres amp fibre optic cables at FODP as per approved labelling plan End of Table 6 5 2 Phases for Site Acceptance Testing for Communication Equipments The SAT shall be completed in following phases 6 5 2 1 Installation Testing The field installation test shall be performed for all equipment at each location If any equipment has been damaged or for any reason does not comply with this Specification the Contractor shall prov
212. le for the purpose The contractor shall be responsible for new building penetrations required for supplied cabling Caution shall be taken to ensure existing equipment and site personnel are protected from dust and debris incident to the cable penetration work Penetration shall be neatly formed and sealed for protection from moisture dust wind and vermin intrusion All required fitting supports accessories ducts inner ducts conduits riser and any item not specially mentioned but required for lay and installation of cables in trenches shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor Section 05 Page 10 of 10 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under T Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 06 Inspection Test and Availability Index Bel INSPECTION enia aeaaee eienen 4 6 2 Test Plans and Procedures 4 6 2 1 Factory and Site Test Plans 5 6 2 2 Test Procedures 5 62 3 Test RECOrdS ae a ga ga enina 6 6 2 4 Rejection of Elements 7 6 2 5 Test Periods Defined
213. lection shall be switch selectable or programmable D Nx64 kbps Synchronous Data There is also a requirement for N x 64 kbps V 35 X 21 interfaces The tentative quantities have been identified in the appendices However the final BOQ shall be worked out during detailed design and contract price shall be adjusted accordingly 3 4 3 Digital Access Cross connect System The Contractor shall be required to provide Digital Access Cross connect Systems DACS capable of switching 16 or more E 1 lines in compliance with the electrical input output Section 03 Page 17 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd y Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region characteristics provided in Table 2 4 DACSs shall be fully compatible with CEPT E 1 tributary standards DACSs shall be provided at locations specified in the appendices and shall be used to establish and reconfigure cross connections at the tributary level of up to 480 x 64Kb s channels DACS E 1 line interface shall be fully capable of accessing each E 1 line Within the context of this specification sizing of DACS system is defined as 4 x n where n is the maximum size of the port switching matrix Thus a DACS sized as 8 x 16 means that 8 E1 ports are interfaced over a 16 port E1 matrix A DACS system shall consist of the switc
214. listed edited viewed renamed deleted and activated Actions shall be allowed manually upon a carrier failure or specified alarm condition remotely or on a scheduled basis II Reports The user shall have selection of pre formatted specific reports and Report Options to be used to select where the next reports will be sent Section 03 Page 19 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd y Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region IV Administration This shall provide the user options to control view and maintain various logs and the DACS software V Alarms This shall display Alarm Status on all active ports and shall have an alert mechanism that readily identifies an alarm event to the user through TMN locally as well as remotely The alarms shall have different colours based on the importance of the alarm 3 5 MDF DDF and Cabling For the purposes of the specification the contractor shall provide cabling wiring DDF patching facilities and MDFs interfacing to the wideband telecommunications system Equipment and material components for MDF DDF and cabling are also part of this procurement It shall be the Contractor s responsibility to provide all cable support required for full supplied equipment interconnection with the MDF and shall be in accordance with com
215. ll be witnessed by the Employer and or its authorized representative hereinafter referred to as the Employer unless the Employer authorizes testing to proceed without witness The Employer representative shall sign the test form indicating approval of successful tests Should any inspections or tests indicate that specific item does not meet Specification requirements the appropriate items shall be replaced upgraded or added by the Contractor as necessary to correct the noted deficiencies at no cost to the Employer After correction of a deficiency all necessary retests shall be performed to verify the effectiveness of the corrective action The Employer reserves the right to require the Contractor to perform at the Employer s expense any other reasonable test s at the Contractor s premises on site or elsewhere in addition to the specified Type Acceptance Routine or Manufacturing tests to assure the Employer of specification compliance All security related features shall be demonstrated during FAT SAT as required by the Employer Section 06 Page 3 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 6 1 Inspection Access to the Contractor s facilities during system manufacturing and testing and to any facility where systems equipmen
216. ll its subsystem The report shall be made available to the Employer as hard copy and soft copy by the10th working day of each month and shall include but not be limited to a Updated project schedule highlighting any deviations from the previous issue of the project schedule b Explanation and anticipated effect of each schedule deviation and its implication to the Employer c Schedule recovery plan for any deviation incurring a delay in delivery date All delays shall be factored into the project schedule as soon as they are known to the Contractor d A summary of activities performed by the Contractor and the Employer during the previous reporting period Section 9 Page 10 of 14 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 2 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region e An updated list of all correspondence transmitted and received by the Contractor f Updated documentation schedule g Updated training schedule h List of all Contractor personnel and the Employer personnel resident at the Contractor facility identifying all activities performed by each person and the activities scheduled for the next two reporting periods i Updated list of Contractor and the Employer action items with status description of required information and required resolution dates
217. low Il Optical Interfaces SFP for a 1 1 No 0 6 b S4 1 No 6 10 16 c L4 1 No 40 18 d L4 2 No 10 12 22 e to support upto 150 kms for STM 4 No 6 P 40 f to support from 151 km to 175 km for STM 4 No 0 2 2 lll Tributary Cards a i card Minimum 16 interfaces per No 99 90 AA b Ethernet interfaces 10 100 Mbps with Layer 2 No 11 11 22 switching Minimum 4 interfaces per card B SDH Equipment STM 4 ADM more than two directions I Base Equipment Common cards Cross connect control cards Optical base cards Power supply cards power cabling other Set et 2 0 2 hardware amp accessories including sub racks patch cords DDF etc fully equipped excluding Il and Ill below Il Optical Interfaces SFP for a S1 1 No 2 0 2 b S4 1 No 4 0 4 Appendix B Page 4 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region S N Peer 7p O lt gt F O Item Description Unit O g 5 5 lt e c L4 1 No 2 0 4 14 2 No 2 0 e to support upto 150 kms for STM 4 No 2 0 2 f to support from 151 km to 175 km for STM 4 No 2 0 2 Ill Tributary Cards
218. ltage Droop The current limiting Voltage Droop shall be provided in DCPS SMPS modules in float and boost charge modes of operation The float boost charge current limiting shall be continuously adjustable between 50 to 100 of rated output current for output voltage range of 44 4 volts to 56 Volts or as per manufacturer s specified catalogue The float and boost charge current limit adjustment shall be provided in the DCPS system The SMPS modules shall be fully protected against short circuit It shall be ensured that short circuit Section 04 Page 8 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region does not lead to any fire hazard 4 1 14 Soft Slow Start Feature Soft Slow start circuitry shall be employed such that SMPS module input current and output voltage shall reach their nominal value within 10 seconds The maximum instantaneous current during start up shall not exceed the peak value of the rectifier input current at full load at the lowest input voltage specified 4 1 15 Voltage overshoot Undershoot The requirements of a to c given below shall be achieved without a battery connected to the output of SMPS modules a The SMPS modules shall be designed to minimize DC output voltage Overshoot Undershoot such that when t
219. ltation with the Employer The Employer may be associated with the Contractor during their site route survey activities After the site route survey the Contractor shall submit to the Employer a survey report on each link and site This report shall include at least the following items a List of all span lengths and the total link length for OPGW cable routes b Suitability for live line installation of OPGW cable on the present infrastructure towers earthwire etc Tower wise identification of type s and numbers of fittings amp accessories required Proposed splice locations and cable drum schedules e Proposed routing of the approach cable from the end tower gantry to the communication room to be marked on the site layout drawing The existing cable trenches cable raceways proposed to be used shall be identified In case suitable existing cable trenches are not available suitable alternatives shall be suggested Proposed layout of Equipment in the existing rooms and buildings Proposed routing of power earthing signal cables and patch cords etc Confirmation of adequacy of Space and AC DC Power supply requirements Proposals for new rooms buildings if required Identification of facility modifications if required Identify all additional items required for integration for each site location ao mee pa of 1 5 Systems to be supported The following systems shall be supported by the proposed Communications Network 1 5 1 EMS S
220. ly No evidence of binding of the Nuts or Deformation of components at end of Part 1 of Test No evidence of Fracture at the end of one minute at the minimum failure load during Part 2 of the Test Any result outside these parameters shall constitute a failure Section 06 Page 22 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region ii Clamp Slip Strength Test for Suspension Assembly The suspension assembly shall be vertically suspended by means of a flexible attachment A suitable length fibre optical cable shall be fixed in the clamps Once the Suspension Clamp has been assembled the test rig is tensioned to 1 KN and the position scale on the recorder zeroed The test rig is then tensioned to 2 5 kN and the relative positions of the Reinforcing Rods Armour Rods and Suspension Clamp shall be marked by a suitable means to confirm any slippage after the test has been completed The relative positions of the helical Armour Rods and associated Reinforcing Rods at each end shall be marked and also 2 mm relative position between clamp body and Armour Rods shall be marked on one side The load shall be increased to 12 KN at a loading rate of 3 KN min and held for one minute At the end of this one minute period the relative displacement between
221. m 3 1 4 SCOP trcsresecsncesc tere ece sence menenie 3 1 4 1 Integration with Existing Communication Equipment 6 1 4 2 Details of Existing Equipment 6 1 4 3 Synchronization of the Communication Network 6 1 4 4 General Technical Requirements for Communication Equipment 7 1 4 5 General Requirements 7 1 5 Systems to be supported 8 1 5 1 EMS SCADA System 1 6 General Responsibilities and Obligations 8 1 6 1 Responsibilities for the Implementation Plan 9 1 6 2 Contractor Responsibilities and Obligations 9 1 6 3 The Employer Responsibilities and Obligations 12 1 7 General Bidding RequirementS 13 1 8 Table of Compliance 14 1 9 Organization of The Technical Specification Document
222. m Information that Employer shares with the contractor for maintenance period 7 4 1 Warranty Period The one year period commencing immediately after the operational acceptance is called the Warranty Period Defect liability Period In addition to the responsibilities covered under Vol I Condition of Contracts during Defect Liability Period the Contractor shall also be responsible for maintenance of the Fibre Optic Transmission System Termination Equipment NMS DCPS amp Battery etc supplied under this Package The specification for the maintenance of the system after Operational Acceptance is enclosed at Annexure I 7 4 2 Contractor s Maintenance Responsibility The Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out Comprehensive Maintenance of the Communication System excluding FO cabling for a period of six years excluding warranty period ensuring the successful operation of the system The Contractor shall be responsible for achieving the system availability and the response time mentioned in technical specifications The bidder shall quote the Annual Maintenance Charges for six years after Warranty Period which shall be considered in the bid evaluation Bidder shall submit the detailed procedure for achieving above in the bid The specification for the maintenance of the system is enclosed at Annexure I Upon expiry of the six years AMC period Employer may at its discretion extend this Maintenance for two 2 additional years at the
223. me II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region FIG 4 1 CONCEPTUAL CONFIGURATION OF DC POWER SUPPLY DCPS SYSTEM For Field Sites Locations SOURCE A SOURCE B 3 PH AC 3 PH AC INPUT SUPPLY AUTO CHANGE OVER SCHEME WITH HVD SMPS Modules PROTECTION Switch N B attery Feeder 10 NEUTRAL Section 04 Page 14 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 4 4 Battery Requirements 4 4 1 Valve Regulated Lead Acid VRLA maintenance free Battery The contractor shall supply Valve Regulated Lead Acid VRLA maintenance free Battery Each battery set shall have sufficient capacity to maintain output at full rated load as indicated in BOQ in Appendix The battery shall be capable of being recharged to 90 State of Charge SOC from the fully discharged condition 1 75V cell within 8 hrs In all cases the battery is normally not allowed to discharge beyond 80 of rated capacity 80 DOD at 10 hours rate of discharge The supplier supplying the cells batteries as per this document shall be responsible to replace repair free of charge the battery cell becoming faulty o
224. ment Sheets 1 10 Applicable Standards The applicable standards are mentioned in the respective technical section The offered equipment shall conform to the standards mentioned in the specification except to the extent modified by this specification In case of any discrepancy between the description given in the specification and the standards the provisions of the technical specification shall be followed The parameters not specifically mentioned in this specification shall conform to the standard mentioned in this specification Specifications and codes shall be the latest version inclusive of revisions which are in force at the date of the contract award Where new specifications codes and revisions are issued during the period of the contract the Contractor shall attempt to comply with such provided that no additional expenses are charged to the Employer without Employer s written consent In the event the Contractor offers to supply material and or equipment in compliance to any standard other than Standards listed herein the Contractor shall include with their proposal full salient characteristics of the new standard for comparison 1 11 References 1 CIGRE Guide for Planning of Power Utility Digital Communications Networks 2 CIGRE Optical Fibre Planning Guide for Power Utilities 3 CIGRE New Opportunities for Optical Fibre Technology in Electricity Utilities 4 CIGRE guide to fittings for Optical Cables on Transmission Li
225. ment of earth resistance Work to be taken up during semi annual site visits is given in enclosed Format Fault Breakdown maintenance is a process of fault correction trouble shooting interfacing with other contractor for data amp Speech connectivity of existing RTUs amp EPABXs etc as per the fault reported by NMT Contractor will maintain a log of activities carried out at all locations and necessary History will include site name visit date actions taken and site condition Detailed report in this respect shall be submitted by the contractor in the monthly meeting The representatives of POWERGRID Constituents will associate in trouble shooting change of unit as per programme notified intimated by the contractor however due to any reason if POWERGRID Constituents cannot depute their representative contractor will proceed for the work so as to attend the breakdown testing as per their programme The scope of corrective maintenance is as follows Troubleshooting on a network element and its interfaces as and when required and directed by NMT engineer coordinator of POWERGRID Diagnostics on interfaces to locate problems in network elements If required the contractor shall depute maintenance engineer for joint inspection with other vendors for pin pointing the fault e Identification of the faulty hardware unit replacing it Performance of function verification in co ordination with the NMT operators Handing over o
226. mmunication equipment Section 01 Page 6 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 1 4 4 General Technical Requirements for Communication Equipment i The SDH equipment Primary multiplexer shall be offered from a manufacturer s who has been manufacturing SDH equipment Primary multiplexer for the last three 3 years and SDH equipment Primary multiplexer manufactured by such manufacture s shall have been in satisfactory operation in 110 kV or higher voltage Power substations for at least two 2 years as on the date of opening of Bids ii The installation of communication equipment shall be done by a firm who has previous experience of installation testing and commissioning of at least 20 nodes of Fibre Optic Transmission System based on SDH technology which and at least 5 no of these nodes must be in satisfactory operation for at least two 2 years as on date of opening of bids 1 4 5 General Requirements The Contractor is encouraged to offer standard products and designs However the Contractor must conform to the requirements and provide any special equipment necessary to meet the requirements stated herein It should be noted that preliminary information and bill of quantity BoQ specified in this specification are i
227. moisture proof as per IP41 specification or better 5 3 2 2 Cable Raceways The Contractor is required to provide and install all additional necessary indoor and outdoor cable raceways The cable raceways shall be in conformance with the following 1 Signal cabling and power cabling shall require separate cable raceways Signal and power cabling shall not share the same raceways and shall be installed as far apart as is practical Adequate shielding shall be provided as required 2 All cable raceways shall be sized to support full loading requirements plus at least a 200 safety loading factor 3 Outdoor cable raceways shall be of corrugated construction and shall be fitted with solid covers overlapping all sides of the cable raceways 4 Outdoor cable raceways shall be fabricated from construction grade aluminum galvanized iron or anodized sheet metal or any other suitable material approved by the Employer Suitable anti corrosion measures shall be taken Steel fabricated raceways shall be finished inside and out treated to resist rust and to form a metal to paint bond 5 Indoor cable raceways fabricated of aluminum or galvanized iron shall not normally need special finishing or painting unless otherwise stipulated by the Employer Steel fabricated raceways shall require a red oxide primer coat at a minimum 5 3 3 Signalling Distribution The Contractor shall be responsible for all signal wiring associated with furnished eq
228. monitoring is required The Equipment shall support collection of at least four 4 external alarms for monitoring and control of station associated devices by the TMN 3 3 1 5 Synchronisation The equipment shall provide synchronisation as per Table 3 2 One 2MHz synchronisation output from each equipment shall be provided 3 3 1 6 Electrical and Optical I O Characteristics and General Parameters Table 3 2 provides the electrical and optical characteristics as well as other general parameters for SDH equipment Section 03 Page 12 of 29 E Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd y Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 3 2 Electrical and Optical I O Characteristics and General Parameters Optical Wavelength SOT 1310 1550nm 1310 1550nm_ i O Tributary Electrical Interface Per ITU T G 703 75 Q Ethernet Interface 10 100 Mbps SDH Bit Rates Per ITU T G 703 Optical Interfaces Per ITU T G 957 G 958 Frame and Multiplexing Structure for Per ITU T G 707 SDH NOTE 1 Optical wavelength shall be selected considering the characteristics of the optical fibre and the link budget NOTE 2 Eye Safety for Laser Equipment To avoid eye damage when a receiver detects a line interruption it is required that the optical power of the laser shall be reduced to saf
229. ms to the Employer for further inspection and or tests 6 2 5 Test Periods Defined The terminology used in Volume I General Conditions of Contract and their correlation with the tests requirements described within this section is as follows Pre Commissioning amp Commissioning Period The Site Acceptance Test SAT Operational Acceptance Successful completion of SAT 6 3 Type Testing Type Tests shall be defined as those tests which are to be carried out to prove the design process of manufacture and general conformity of the materials to this Specification Type Testing shall comply with the following a All equipment being supplied shall conform to type tests as per technical specification Section 06 Page 7 of 42 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region b The test reports submitted shall be of the tests conducted within last seven 7 years for OPGW cable and five 5 years for Telecom equipment prior to the date of bid opening In case the test reports are older than seven 7 years for OPGW cable and last five 5 years for Telecom equipment on the date of bid opening the Contractor shall repeat these tests at no extra cost to the purchaser c The Contractor shall submit within 30 days of Contract Award copies o
230. mum allowable restoration time shall be 48 Hrs Employer shall have the right to terminate the contract after giving notice of two month if the availability of the system is not attained as per specification consecutively for two months A 5 0 CO ORDINATION REQUIREMENTS A 5 1 MEETING PRACTICE Regular meeting between POWERGRID and the Contractor is vital for communication and information flow between these two organisations The purpose of the meeting is to tackle the essential issues concerning the services and network performance The suggested schedule for meeting is once in every month The meeting agenda shall be decided between POWERGRID and Contractor and could for example consist of the following issues e Services and network performance according to the report during last month e Review of emergency situation e Status of spare e Action plan e Next Meeting e Alarms events unattended till the date of meeting Section 07 Page 20 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region The following participants should be present in this meeting e Co ordinator Contractor e Members of the Contractor team as needed e Co ordinator POWERGRID Constituents representative e Operation and maintenance staff as designated to attend POWERGRID
231. munications industry standard practices and the requirements mentioned in the technical specifications 3 5 1 MDF and DDF Patching Facilities The Contractor shall supply and install all cabling wiring connectors cross connects Digital Distribution Frames DDF and Main Distribution Frames MDF associated with the installation and interconnection of equipments procured under this package as follows i DDFs for termination of new SDH equipment E 1 ports ii Cabling including connectors for El level connections from DDF to existing SDH equipments DDF to Existing amp new PDH equipments To the extent possible existing cable at site shall be used Gii All Ethernet ports shall be terminated with RJ 45 connector Provision for 100 expansion with connector for terminating additional Ethernet ports shall be provided iv MDFs for termination of all the subscriber channels at new PDH node v Cabling and connectors required to enable subscriber to subscriber circuits over the telecom network The Line side of the MDF shall be cabled to the Primary Multiplex and the equipment side shall be cabled to the MDF of the assigned subscriber PLCC PABX Telephone at wideband locations etc vi Any other cables connections etc required for a fully functional integrated telecom system The connections amongst various equipment such as FOTS termination equipment and subscriber MDFs etc shall always be routed through DDF and MDF to provide ma
232. n The Contractor is responsible for all necessary enclosure rack or equipment upgrades to ensure the proper operation of the installed equipment 5 1 2 EMI and Electrostatic Interference At each location the Contractor shall assess the need for shielding against radiated emissions and shall provide recommended solutions for any EMI problem found at each location Specifications provides the type of immunity tests for which the equipment shall be required to pass without failure For the individual tests to be carried out at the different interfaces Section 05 Page 2 of 10 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region references are made to the relevant IEC and ITU T recommendations 5 1 3 Vibration and Shock Resistance As per testing requirements indicated in this specification 5 1 4 Tropicalization Communications equipment will often be stored and operated in uncontrolled environment areas and will be subject to mould growth of fungus corrosion and oxidation The equipment and components shall be suitably tropicalized during manufacture through commissioning as necessary 5 1 5 Contaminants Communications equipment may be located in areas of poor air quality with the main contaminant being dust Cabinets shall be tight fitting utilizi
233. nd full load Current Test y 18 Total Harmonic distortion Test 19 Burn in Test at 50 C for 8 hrs duration Tests on SMPS module 20 Mechanical amp Visual Check Test 21 Module On Test 22 Input low high voltage cut off test 23 Voltage Drop Test 24 Voltage Regulation Test 25 Power Output amp Current Limit Test 26 DC High Voltage Test 27 O P Voltage Ripple Test 28 Psophometric Noise Test 29 Efficiency Test 30 Power Factor 31 Input Current Limit 32 Input AC Frequency Range Test 33 Rectifier Dynamic Response 34 Output Short Circuit Test 35 Hold up Time Test LJe ejeje Je L jeje Lj 2j Lje 2 Lje jeje e Le jle je e e2 2 i 6 4 5 Factory Acceptance Tests on Optical Fibre to be supplied with OPGW The factory acceptance tests listed in table below are applicable for the Optical fibres to be supplied The listed tests follow testing requirements set forth in IEEE standard 1138 IEC 60794 The referenced sections specify the detailed test description The acceptance norm Section 06 Page 34 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region shall be as specified in the above mentioned IEEE standards unless specified otherwise in the technical specifications
234. nd intra enclosure signalling cable 5 3 7 Finish Colors Unless otherwise specified finish colors for enclosures shall be gloss white enamel on the inside and semi gloss medium grey enamel on the outside Only brushed aluminum trim shall be used Employer reserves the right to approve the proposed color scheme 5 4 Location of Equipment Cable Routes and Associated Civil Works During the Site Surveys the Contractor shall determine and propose locations for all equipment to be supplied under this contract Further the Contractor shall locate and identify proposed routing for all cabling between all equipment locations including existing and planned equipment not provided under this contract but required to be connected under the scope of this contract This subsection defines the requirements and clarifies the responsibilities of the Employer and the Contractor regarding equipment siting intra and inter facility interconnectivity and necessary associated civil works 5 4 1 Locations for Supplied Equipment All transmission equipment the NMS and associated DDFs and MDFs shall generally be colocated in the same communications room located in the Control Building whenever possible 5 4 2 Associated Civil Works The Contractor shall provide all required minor civil works necessary for full connectivity as required in the Contractor s scope of work as follows 1 All wall and floor penetrations necessary for the installation of all cabl
235. ndicative only The Contractor shall verify the data during the site surveys amp detail engineering and finalise the BoQ as required for ultimate design amp system performance The Bidder s proposal shall address all functional and performance requirements within this specification and shall include sufficient information and supporting documentation in order to determine compliance with this specification without further necessity for inquiries The Bidder s proposal shall clearly identify all features described in the specifications or in any supporting reference material that will not be implemented otherwise those features shall become binding as part of the final contract An analysis of the functional and performance requirements of this specification and or site survey design and engineering may lead the Contractor to conclude that additional items hardware software are required within the intent of this specification that are not specifically mentioned in this specification The Contractor shall be responsible for providing at no added cost to the Employer all such additional items such that a viable and fully functional fibre optic cabling system is implemented that meets or exceeds the capacity and performance requirement specified Such materials shall be considered to be within the scope of the contract To the extent possible the Bidders shall identify and include all such additional items hardware software in their proposal
236. nes Section 01 Page 15 of 15 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 2 OPGW Cabling amp Associated Hardware amp Fittings Index 21 Mbre Opte CANIN seas cca dacosdetsetsin cd tetteleadalsactels atebesi a cdalesidelsadelsedteadalbecyadelsaselscdelbcdelemdstiad 3 2 1 1 Required Optical Fibre Characteristics cccccccceeeeeeeesceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 3 Zelelel Physical CMArACIGNISNCS s spisie aiani aaaeaii 3 2 1 1 2 Attenuation issih teed eddies dates acectentoceitng 3 2 1 2 Fibre Optic Cable Cons Cuan escsecteccectss auagsccsnasrtd smedeadnenstad omeavadevansethommteadseweseas 4 2 1 2 1 Transmission Line Details asciscetc ih aeescyitote ih preci rise ettey aaa eee Raph etic 5 2 1 2 2 Optical Fibre Cable Link Lengths isc visser eepeensl vie eee deaeveed laren eae eee 5 2 1 2 3 Optical Fibre Identification wiccscs lt ocessecoidestdenssennovederieessasedonedebsbeesteisoedebentdecmmentnets 5 BAA UME PUba asidinden aaeain aeaiiai 5 2 1 2 5 Optical Fibre Strain amp Sag tension chart sssssseseseenneessseeernnrrnneserrrrrrnnnneeseee 5 2 1 2 6 Cable Materials ccccececeeeeceee cece eect eeeeeeeeeee eee ee eee eecceaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 2 14 26 1 Filing AMIS srra aeaa A AEA O AR
237. ng communication channels which may necessitate due change in network topology In addition to above mentioned works if any other work required for fully functional system shall also be in the scope of contractor Section 01 Page 5 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 1 4 1 Communication Equipment Integration The Contractor shall be responsible for integration with various communication network subsystems viz Fibre Optic transmission subsystem Termination subsystem FO Cabling system and also integration with existing fibre optic communication network amp PLCC network to ensure satisfactory overall wideband network performance The Contractor shall ensure that end to end data and voice channel requirements of RTUs and control centres are satisfied Integration shall consist of activities at wideband nodes as listed but not limited to the following i All necessary interconnections and interfacing including supply and installation of cables wires MDF DDF to MDF DDEF cross connects additional cards equipment required for establishing proper inter connections for data voice synchronization etc Connections may also be required between MDF DDF located in different building nearby sites ii Detailed channel routing at sub
238. ng filtered ventilation openings only 5 2 Primary Source AC DC Power Requirements Facilities will be required to support both AC and DC power load requirements of telecommunications equipment as specified below 5 2 1 Primary Source AC Power It will be the Employer s responsibility to provide required Primary AC source Power for communications equipment installed under this specification The Primary AC Power supplied will be 240 VAC 10 50Hz with a frequency variance between 46 and 55 Hz Harmonic distortion will not exceed five 5 percent All equipment and components provided under this specification requiring Primary AC Power shall be designed for normal operation under the above stated tolerances for 240 VAC supply The Contractor shall provide in their Bid as well as in the survey report to the Employer the projected 240 VAC Primary Power load requirement per equipment and totals by location for equipment provided under this specification The Contractor shall provide suitable UPS for communication equipment module etc requiring AC power supply at locations other than control centre 5 2 2 48V DC Power Power supplies converters for communications equipment except computer system supplied as part of NMS which shall use 240 VAC provided under this specification shall use 48Vdc uninterrupted primary source power The power supply may vary normally within the voltage range 42 to 58 Vdc and the supplied equipment shall oper
239. nical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Form III contd Action required by Contractor 6 0 MULTIPLEXER amp SDH EQUIPMENT ALARM CHECK Visual check for the alarm on Mux amp SDH equipment in case of any alarm present further investigation and corrective action Healthiness of spare Fibre Fibre no Colour From To Condition Equipment used Action required by Contractor 7 0 CABLE CHECK e Check the cable terminations at all MDFs visually Recrone if any loose wires e Check cable route for any abnormality e Are cable trenches covered properly 8 0 ANTENNA ANTENNE PIPE SUPPORT CABLE TOWER e Check base of tower It should be clean from plant grass and waste material e Tower antenna should be free from honey bees bird nests etc Contractor s representative POWERGRID CONSTITUENTS s representative e Visual check of antenna for any damage amp proper dealing at connector point e Visual check for cable and connectors 9 0 DOCUMENTS AND TEST INSTRUMENTS e Check the documents at site Available Not available Section 07 Page 27 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern
240. nistrative amp functional test plans test procedures and formats for recording amp reporting factory acceptance test results This document shall describe the procedures amp precautions to be observed during overseas amp inland transportation Category of Approva Acceptan ce letter by Employer Page 8 of 13 S No Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Table 8 1 Documentation Plan for Communication Equipment Package Document Equipment Installation manual FO Cable Installation manual Jointing Manual Site Drawings Site Acceptance tests SAT test plan procedures and report format Section 8 Applicable Equipments Item For equipment types Mux D I DACS SDH equipment DCPS amp Battery etc For each type of FO cable joint box to be supplied Site wise documentation complete System document Brief Description equipment handling during transport storage amp pre installation It shall also include packing details and package labeling details The expected content of this document are presented in table below The expected content of this document are presented in table 10 2 below This document shall describe the installation of joint box splice enclosures and
241. nsport supporting Network Management channels f The connectivity envisaged between RTUs and Control Centre is Wide Area Network WAN on TCP IP using IEC 60870 5 104 protocol and IEC 60870 5 101 protocol General Systems Requirements Required characteristics are defined and specified herein at the system level subsystem level and equipment level 3 2 3 1 System Synchronization At present the existing network which is enclosed at Appendix A is synchronized with one master clock located at RLDC Shillong The Contractor shall synchronize the existing equipments and all the new equipments under the contract using existing Master clock and slave clocks as required Contractor shall provide the slave clocks as required under the set of clock indicated in BoQ The contractor shall submit the synchronization plan as per standard ITU TG 811 All syne equipments proposed under this contract should meet ITU T G 811 criterion The holdover quality of slave clock shall meet ITU T G 812 standard requirements The Contractor shall provide system wide synchronization fully distributed throughout the telecom network and connected to all equipments new amp existing The system wide synchronization shall be slaved to existing master clock as per details given above The Contractor shall submit the synchronization plan for the entire network meeting the requirement of ITU T G 803 The synchronization plan shall clearly indicate the requirement of add
242. nstallation OPGW installed under live line condition i e with all circuits charged to the rated line voltage as specified in this section shall be generally in accordance with the IEEE Guide to the Installation of Overhead Transmission Line Conductors EEE STD 524 with latest revisions with additional instructions and precautions for live line working and fibre optic cable handling The stringing procedure shall be submitted by the Contractor prior to stringing for Employer s approval A tower structural analysis shall be carried out by the Contractor based on the relevant data to be provided by Employer to ensure that with the replacement of existing earthwire with the OPGW cable the tower members remain within the statutory safety limits as per Indian Electricity rules and if required the Contractor shall carry out the tower strengthening as necessary The OPGW cable sections shall normally be terminated amp spliced only on tension towers In exceptional circumstances and on Employer specific approval cable may be terminated on Suspension towers but in this case tower strength shall be examined to ensure that tower loads are within safe limits and if required necessary tower strengthening shall be carried out by the Contractor Section 02 Page 10 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of
243. nt Appendix B Page 12 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 8 Proposed Training Requirements No of trainees Duration in S No Item Description Location A 5 Working io f X days lt Q Q Training on Fibre Optic Cabling system including 1 splicing of F O cable India 3 6 during installation Training on SDH ae 2 equipment Mux Equipment Trainin 3 6 4 DACS amp NMS a centre P Manufacturer 3 Toun ofi DEES amp works Train 2 2 5 associated Battery ing centre Appendix B Page 13 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 9 Maintenance for Communication System S No Items Description Unit Qty Maintenance for Communication System for one 1 year during 1 Year 1 Warranty period 2 Maintenance for Communication System excl FO cabling for veal isg Six 6 years after Warranty period Appendix B Page 14 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Pack
244. ntially required for operation of the equipment The offered equipment shall support at least SNCP as per standard ITU T G 841 In case the equipment offered by the Bidder does not support the above mentioned minimum protection methods the bidder shall have to provide all additional equipment needed to provide same level of flexibility redundancy and functionality at no additional cost to Employer The bidders shall provide details of protection schemes supported in the Bid document Section 03 Page 8 of 29 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region The offered equipment shall support automatic switchover function between the redundant modules and all required modules and hardware to support the automatic switch over shall be provided by the Contractor 3 2 4 4 Lost Signal Recovery At any digital signal level reapplication of a lost signal shall result in automatic resynchronization and full restoration to normal operation without manual intervention All alarms incident to the signal failure shall be automatically cleared at the equipment rack and monitoring levels and normal operation indications restored and reported if applicable 3 2 4 5 Software Upgrades 3 2 5 3 2 6 The Contractor shall provide antivirus software along with all
245. o Test procedures to be followed 9 Required inputs and expected outputs for each test segment Acceptance criteria for each test segment List of test data to be supplied by the Contractor s and copies of any certified 11 data to be used Format of test reports 6 2 3 Test Records Complete and indexed records of all factory and site acceptance tests results shall be maintained and provided to the Employer by the Contractor in hardcopy The records shall be keyed to the steps enumerated in the test procedures The minimal items required in test records are described in Table 6 3 Table 6 3 Test Record Requirements Test Title and Revision Level if applicable contract references Test title and reference to the appropriate section of the test procedures Date and time for test start and test completed Description of any special test conditions or special actions taken Includes test case data Test results for each test segment including an indication of Passed Conditional Pass Incomplete or Failed 6 Test procedure modifications made during testing 8 Variance Report s tracking information and copies if variance s was detected Contractor s test engineer s identification signature and remarks Section 06 Page 6 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in
246. o 1 4 d where d is the OPGW cable diameter in meters The damper assembly shall be vibrated vertically with a 1 mm amplitude from 5 to 15 Hz frequency and beyond 15 Hz at 0 5 mm to determine following characteristics with the help of suitable recording instruments i Force Vs frequency ii Phase angle Vs frequency iii Power dissipation Vs frequency The Force Vs frequency curve shall not show steep peaks at resonance frequencies and deep troughs between the resonance frequencies The resonance frequencies shall be suitably spread within the Aeolian vibration frequency band between the lower and upper dangerous frequency limits determined by the vibration analysis of fibre optic cable without dampers Acceptance criteria for vibration damper i The above dynamic characteristics test on five damper shall be conducted ii The mean reactance and phase angle Vs frequency curves shall be drawn with the criteria of best fit method Gii The above mean reactance response curve should lie within following limits V D for OPGW 0 060 f to 0 357 f kgf mm Where f is frequency in Hz iv The above mean phase angle response curve shall be between 25 to 130 within the frequency range of interest v If the above curve lies within the envelope the damper design shall be considered to have successfully met the requirement vi Visual resonance frequencies of each mass of damper is to be recorded and to be compared with the guaranteed values
247. o carry out tower strengthening if required any or all additional steel work or modifications required to attach the overhead fibre cables shall also be carried out by the Contractor Design data of towers shall be provided by the Employer 32 Dismantling the existing earthwire amp hardware wherever overhead FO cables OPGW is to be installed on existing lines and for the preservation and transportation of the dismantled earthwire amp hardware to designated stores 33 Factory and Site acceptance testing of all equipment provided 34 Conduct type tests and provide documented evidence of satisfactory Type Test performance to the Employer 35 Provide a Quality Assurance Plan ensuring the Employer access to the manufacturing process 36 Shipment of all equipment and documentation to the Employer designated locations and or staging areas 37 Staging maintenance and security of staging area including full responsibility for protection from theft and fire 38 All documentation and drawings as specified Section 01 Page 11 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 39 Training of the Employer personnel 40 All required spare parts maintenance aids and test equipment 41 All Fibre Optic Distribution frame patch
248. ocation of drum site installation of stringing blocks pulleys proper sagging proper installation of hardware proper tension as per Sag Tension chart provision of service loops of OPGW in jointing locations etc 2 1 2 8 Optical Ground Wire OPGW OPGW cable construction shall comply with IEEE 1138 2009 The cable provided shall meet both the construction and performance requirements such that the ground wire function the optical fibre integrity and optical transmission characteristics are suitable for the intended purpose The cable shall consist of optical fibre units as defined in this specification There shall be no factory splices within the cable structure of a continuous cable length Section 02 Page 8 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region The composite fibre optic overhead ground wire shall be made up of multiple buffer tubes embedded in a water tight aluminium aluminium alloy stainless steel protective central fibre optic unit surrounded by concentric lay stranded metallic wires in single or multiple layers Each buffer tube shall have maximum 12 no of fibres All fibres in a single buffer tube or directly in central fibre optic unit is not acceptable The dual purpose of the composite cable is to provide the electrical and p
249. oefficient between 1285 nm and 1330 nm shall not exceed the attenuation coefficient at 1310 nm by more than 0 05 dB km The attenuation of the fibre shall be distributed uniformly throughout its length such that there are no point discontinuities in excess of 0 10 dB The fibre attenuation characteristics specified in table 2 1 a shall be guaranteed fibre attenuation of any amp every fibre reel The overall optical fibre path attenuation shall not be more than calculated below Maximum attenuation 1550nm 0 21 dB km x total km 0 05 dB splice x no of splices 0 5 dB connector x no of connectors Maximum attenuation 1310nm 0 35dB km x total km 0 05 dB splice x no of splices 0 5 dB connector x no of connectors Section 02 Page 3 of 17 F 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd E F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 2 1 a DWSM Optical Fibre Characteristics Attenuation Coefficient 1310 nm lt 0 35 dB km 1550 nm lt 0 21 dB km Chromatic Dispersion Maximum 18 ps nm x km 1550 nm 3 5 ps nm x km 1288 1339nm 5 3 ps nm x km 1271 1360nm 1300 to 1324nm Zero Dispersion Wavelength 0 092 ps nm xkm maximum Zero Dispersion Slope Polarization mode dispersion lt 0 2 ps km V2 coefficient Temperature Dependence Induced attenuation lt
250. ollowing a All cable raceways shall be sized to support full loading requirements plus at least a 200 safety loading factor b Indoor cable raceways shall be fabricated from construction grade aluminium galvanized iron or anodized sheet metal or any other suitable material approved by the Employer Suitable anti corrosion measures shall be provided Steel fabricated raceways shall be finished inside and out treated to resist rust and to form a metal to paint bond c Mechanical construction drawings of the cable raceways shall be submitted for Employer s information amp review Section 02 Page 17 of 17 E Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd y Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 3 Network Configuration and Equipment Characteristics Index 3 1 Introduction a a le ce 3 3 2 General Network Characteristics 4 3 2 1 Description 7 7 77 7 7 7 ccna ene nnn cient 4 3 2 2 Functional Requirement 5 3 2 3 General Systems Requirements 5 3 2 3 1 System Synchronization
251. on Any purchasing manufacturing or programming implementation initiated prior to written the Employer approval of the relevant documents or drawings shall be performed at the Contractor risk Review and approval by the Employer shall not relieve the Contractor of its overall responsibilities to satisfy system functions and performance requirements in accordance with the Specification To help the Employer manage the review and approval of documents during any given period the Contractor shall stagger the release of documents over the time allocated in the project schedule The number and size of documents shall be factored into the document release schedule At any time no more than five documents shall be submitted to the Employer for review and approval 9 2 Project Schedule The project schedule shall consist of an implementation schedule a documentation schedule and a training schedule 9 2 1 Implementation Schedule The Contractor shall produce and maintain the implementation schedule A copy of the implementation schedule files on a CD ROM shall also be provided to the Employer The overall Section 9 Page 7 of 14 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region project plan shall consist of a Milestone Plan and a detailed Schedule Plan
252. on System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Panel Enclosure shall be freestanding type of design in case of specifically it is not mentioned in the relevant section Cable entry shall be from the bottom top of the enclosures to be finalized during detailed engineering For the enclosures panel the front door if provided shall not be wider than 80 cm and rear door may be of hinged or removable type with locking as per standard design of the manufacturer Keyed locking is required with identical keys for all enclosures The enclosures shall not exceed 220 cm in height The thickness of the structural frames and load bearing members shall be minimum 2 0 mm and for others shall be minimum 1 6 mm The panels boards shall be equipped with necessary cable gland plates The Contractor shall state the type size and weight of all enclosures and indicate the proposed manner of installation The degree of protection of DCPS enclosures shall preferably be IP21 however in case no door is provided then the top of the enclosure panel shall be fully covered except for proper ventilation and bus bar or cable entries Wiring within panel shall be neatly arranged and securely fastened to the enclosure by non conductive fasteners Wiring between all stationary and moveable components such as wiring across hinges or to components mounted on extension slides shall
253. on System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 3 BOQ for Auxiliary Power Supply Equipments SI It D inti No em gescrpuon Unit Quantity CS AEGCL TOTAL DCPS rating 15A 25A 15A 25A 15A 25A Battery capacity 200 AH 300AH 200 AH 300AH A Main Equipments 1 SMPS based 48V DC 02 Power Supply DCPS Nos 11 11 0 22 02 system i VRLA type Battery 02 2 bank for above DCPS Nos 11 11 0 22 02 system Appendix B Page 7 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under j Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 4 BOQ of Mandatory spares for Overhead Fibre Optic Cabling oc 2 Z gt zas o a S No Item Description a d o O N 6 OD al gt oO iw 2 O e A OPGW cable amp Accessories 1 24 Fibre DWSM OPGW fibre optic cable Km 4 8 6 Installation Hardware set for above OPGW Fibre Optic 2 cabling including all cable fittings amp accessories Set km 4 8 6 except joint box 3 Joint Box 24 fibre No 2 3 2 B Fibre Optic approach cable 1 24 Fibre DWSM Km 2 2 1 Installation hardware set for above 24 Fibre 2 Approach Fibre Optic Cable oom 2 Note One set of installation hardware shall contain all installation hardwa
254. on of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 2 1 5 Installation of Approach Cable The existing cable trenches cable raceways proposed to be used shall be identified in the survey report The Contractor shall make its best effort to route the cable through the existing available cable trenches Where suitable existing cable trenches are not available suitable alternatives shall be provided after Employer approval However the approach cable shall be laid in the HDPE pipe in all condition Suitable provisions shall be made by the Contractor to ensure adequate safety earthing and insulated protection for the approach cable All required fittings supports accessories ducts inner ducts conduits risers and any item not specially mentioned but required for laying and installation of approach cables shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor 2 1 6 Optical Fibre Termination and Splicing Optical fibre terminations shall be installed in Fibre Optic Distribution Panels FODP designed to provide protection for fibre splicing of preconnectorized pigtails and to accommodate connectorized termination and coupling of the fibre cables The Contractor shall provide rack wall mounted Fibre Optic Distribution Panels FODPs sized as indicated in the appendices and shall terminat
255. on the splice enclosure vi Tensile test The splice enclosure with cable fixed to the boxes shall be subjected to a minimum tension of 448 N for a period of two minutes No fissure shall be noted in the connections or on the box vii Drop Test With 2 lengths of 11 metres of cable fixed to the box it shall be dropped five times from a height of 10 metres There shall be no fissure at all of the box and the connections shall remain tight The test surfaces shall be carried out in accordance with IEC 60068 2 32 Section 06 Page 28 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 6 3 2 9 Type Tests for Fibre Optic Approach Cable The type tests to be conducted on the Fibre Optic Approach cable are listed in table 6 10 Type Tests for Fibre Optic Approach Cable Unless specified otherwise in the technical specifications or the referenced standards the optical attenuation of the specimen measured during or after the test as applicable shall not increase by more than 0 05 dB Km Table 6 10 Type Tests Fibre Optic Approach Cable 1 Water Ingress Test IEC 60794 1 F5 EIA 455 82B Test duration 24 hours 2 Seepage of filling EIA 455 81A compound Preconditioning 72 hours Test duration 24 hours IEC 60794 1 B3 EIA 455 41
256. ore Clad concentricity error Proof Test Level 2 0 69 Gpa i ee 1310nm lt 0 35 dB Km Attenuation Coefficient eis as Chromatic Dispersion Maximum 18 ps nm x km 1550 nm 3 5 ps nm x km 1288 1339nm 5 3 ps nm x km 1271 1360nm Zero Dispersion Wavelength 1300 to 1324nm Zero Dispersion Slope 0 092 ps nm xkm maximum Polarization mode dispersion lt 0 2 ps km coefficient Temperature Dependence Induced attenuation lt 0 05 dB 60 deg C 85 deg C B Perf end Pertornnmee 1310 nm 75 2 mm dia Mandrel 100 turns Attenuation Rise lt 0 05 dB 1550 nm 30 1 mm radius Mandrel 100 turns attenuation Rise lt 0 05 dB 1550 nm 32 0 5 mm dia Mandrel 1 turn Attenuation Rise lt 0 50 dB 3 2 7 Fibre Optic Link Lengths The fiber optic route lengths are as specified in appendices The lengths specified in appendices are the transmission line route lengths however the actual fiber cable length shall exceed the route lengths on account of extra cable requirement due to sag jointing Section 03 Page 10 of 29 3 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region amp splicing approach cabling etc For bidding purposes the Contractor may assume an additional cable length of 5 of given route length 1
257. ors shall provide the specific supplemental information necessary to perform the maintenance function This information shall be documented in a form suitable for incorporation into the appropriate maintenance document Section 8 Page 2 of 13 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd E s Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 8 4 Test Documentation The Contractor shall provide documentation for all factory and field tests The test documentation shall include the following a Test Procedure Document b Type test documents c Factory Acceptance Test Documents d Site Acceptance Test Documents 8 5 Drawings All drawings submitted by the Contractor including those submitted at the time of bid shall be in sufficient detail to indicate the type size arrangement dimensions material description Bill of Materials weight of each component break up for packing and shipment shipping arrangement required the dimensions required for installation and any other information specifically requested in the Specifications Each drawing submitted by the Contractor shall be clearly marked with the Employer name the unit designation the specification title the specification number and the name of the Project All titles notes markings and writings on the drawing shall be in English All
258. ort at site after reporting of fault in system TAT is Turn Around Time when system is brought back in service after necessary rectification replacement works A 1 4 HARDWARE SERVICES In case any failure or malfunction is discovered the maintenance team shall identify the problem organise to promptly attend the fault replace the faulty equipment card module or any other hardware component with a spare unit and ship the faulty unit to specified location Each faulty unit shall be accompanied with correctly filled out Event Report Contractor shall ensure maximum utilisation of the channel capacity hence healthy channel s will be put in use and hardwired to respective DDF MDF point in coordination with POWERGRID without disturbing end user PABX PLCC RTU connection so that outright replacement of card is avoided Card shall be replaced when all the healthy channels are faulty Necessary modification temporary in drawing s in site copy and at CPCC NMS location SLDC s will have to be done without changing in original document The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all the spares cards modules accessories etc for supplied amp installed equipment such as SDH MUX DCPS Battery NMS etc The spares shall be provided arranged by the contractor at no extra cost to Employer For early restoration during the emergency condition if spares are made available by Employer the same shall have to be replenished by the Contractor within t
259. osed OPGW Cable to be done TRIPURA by POWERGRID for AEGCL Proposed Central Sector OPGW Link m OPGW in other Projects a Existing SLDC SEB Sub Station Existing RSCC Appendix A Page 10 of 11 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Fig A 3 EXISTING FO NETWORK OF NER Tinsukia Telecommunication Network for NERSCC System Namrup Ranganadi m Dibrugarh Dhaligaon Barnagar Rangia Itanagar 4 z AT Z A772 O Teok lt AW 2 Gossaingaon Pathsala icc a Balipara B Charal Gohpur Lakwa i z D O iani Mokakch i i Misa etgdon Mariani okakchung Bongaigaon Agia O Kahelipara saj O PG Sarusajai S mazari Kathalguri O Umtru KA Bokajan O Kopii 7 Doyang O Umium IV C Umium II Karong Bongaigaon Khandong Dimapur Thermal Umium II RSCC Kohima UmiumI Shillong Kakching Imphal aA O al Nehu s Yangangpokpi Mowlai O Imphal o E Khleihriat E O Loktak NinthouKhong Kolasib Jiribam Dullavchera Badarpur LEGEND O O RSCC Purba Kanchanbari Kumarghat SLDC des R spatch Centre bx DharmanagarO C Aizwal SLDC Display Centre 2 Aizwal PG Be ee O Agartala Gas E Baramura RTU CS LI FO link Agartala fips anes Microwave Link a Rakhia OE PLCC N Udaipur Gumti Cable
260. other jointing gang activities This document must include general details of equipments cubicles cables connectors MDFs DDFs network diagram earthing connections power supply connections and specific details i e site layout floor plans cubicle layout sub rack layout channel routing signal connections cable routing MDF and DDF cross connections etc This document shall include the list of Site acceptance tests the administrative amp functional test plans test procedures and formats for recording amp reporting site acceptance test results This document shall be restricted to describing the acceptance tests listed in this Category of Approva l Page 9 of 13 E Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 8 1 Documentation Plan for Communication Equipment Package Document Applicable Equipments Brief Description Category Item of Approva l technical specification and other similar tests which shall be conducted in Employer presence for Site acceptance Field Quality One Document with multiple Field Quality Plan shall Plan subdocuments if required describe the quality control to be exercised during the field activities This document can include the following information a The list of pe
261. owave links in North Eastern Region Fig A 1 Implementation Schedule for Communication System package implementation Sheas 17 2 a a f al 7 a opo aaa eao Site Survey A 2 Design amp Engineering F N EET o Sre insin a he SSeS 88 _ BSS 8 Warranty period EEE e a O S 2E S e S e Appendix A Page 6 of 11 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table A 2 Proposed Fibre Optic Links Propose Line d FO No Consituents Proposed Fibre Optic Links details cable in kms From To kV OPGW 1 Badarpur PG Silchar PG 132 37 2 Gohpur Itanagar PG 132 45 3 Mariani Mariani PG 132 10 4 Central Sector Namsai PG Tinsukia 132 100 5 Itanagar PG Itanagar SLDC 132 32 6 Badarpur PG Kolasib 132 108 7 Kolasib Aizawl PG 132 66 Sub Total 398 1 BTPS Agia 220 67 9 Agia Sarusujai 220 131 3 Namrup Tinsukia 132 49 4 Balipara Gohpur 132 75 5 AEGCL Badarpur PG Badarpur AEGCL 132 4 6 Jiribam Pailapool 132 15 a Pailapool Srikona 132 45 Badarpur AEGCL Srikona 132 15 Sub Total 401 1 Maradnagar 400 Shamli 220 220
262. oyer for site preparation field installation and other areas where technical support may be required The Contractor shall be responsible for minor facility renovation and maintenance of the supplied system up to and including successful completion of the Site Acceptance Test After final acceptance of the communications equipment the Contractor shall offer continuing technical support and spare parts for the communications equipment for the designed life of the equipment or 7 years after the declaration of withdrawal of equipment from production whichever is earlier However the termination of production shall not occur prior to Operational Acceptance of the system by the Employer 7 2 1 Technical Support Consultation with Contractor s technical support personnel and trained field service personnel shall be readily available on a short term long term basis to assist the Employer personnel in maintaining expanding and enhancing the telecommunication network upon expiration of the warranty period The Contractor shall include in their offer s a proposal for ensuring continued technical support as stated above 7 2 2 Contractor s Future Hardware Software Changes The Employer shall be informed of all alterations or improvements to the hardware supplied Section 07 Page 6 of 30 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communica
263. pecifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 2 1 6 2 Optical Fibre Connectors Optical fibres shall be connectorised with FC PC type connectors preferably Alternatively connector with matching patch cord shall also be acceptable Fibre optic couplings supplied with FODPs shall be appropriate for the fibre connectors to be supported There shall be no adapters 2 1 7 Service Loops For purposes of this specification cable and fibre service loops are defined as slack extra cable and fibre provided for facilitating the installation maintenance and repair of the optical fibre cable plant a Outdoor Cable Service Loops In line splice enclosures installed outdoors and mounted on the utility towers shall be installed with sufficient fibre optic cable service loops such that the recommended minimum bend radius is maintained while allowing for installation or maintenance of the cable to be performed in a controlled environment at ground level b Indoor Cable Service Loops FODPs shall provide at least three 3 metres of cable service loop Service loops shall be neatly secured and stored coiled such that the minimum recommended bend radius are maintained c Fibre Units Service Loops For all fibre optic cable splicing the cable shall be stripped back a sufficient length such that the fan out of fibre unit
264. pending on manufacturer s design rating and number of SMPS modules used in panel and system configuration To cater for higher load requirements same type of SMPS modules mounted in the same rack or different racks shall be capable of working in parallel load sharing arrangement The SMPS modules of DCPS system shall be suitable for operation from single phase A C mains DG set supply However the input AC mains supply to DCPS system shall be 3 phase 4 wire which shall be evenly distributed among all the offered SMPS modules 4 1 1 Operational Component Requirements The basic modules shall operate at specified ratings and conform to requirements stipulated in this specification The DCPS system shall meet requirement of the latest TEC specification IEC BS for other parameters as applicable The component parts of the equipment shall be of professional grade of reputed manufacturer to ensure prompt and continuous service and delivery of spare parts The component shall confer to relevant IEC IS standards The contractor shall obtain Employers approval of major component before procurement of the same Section 04 Page 4 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 4 1 2 Wiring All insulated conductors except those within the confines of a
265. pply Controller various interface cards etc Appendix B Page 11 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 2 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under k F Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 7 BOQ for Test equipment a Ta z a Q S No Test equipment Unit o Q 533 a A Fiber Optic Cabling OTDR Optical Time Domain 1 Reflectometer for 1310 1550 nm with No 1 1 2 laser source Optical Attenuators variable 7 Z 1310 1550nm Nee a i i 3 Optical Power meter 1310 1550nm with No 0 1 1 Laser Source 4 Optical Talk set No 0 1 1 5 Optical Fibre Fusion Splicer incl Fibre No 0 1 1 cleaver 6 Calibrated Fibre No 0 1 1 7 Connectorization kit No 0 1 1 8 Splice kit No 0 1 1 Optical test accessory kit including all necessary connectors adaptors cables 9 ae No 0 1 1 terminations and other items required for testing B Communication Equipment 1 ISDH Analyser with Jitter and Wander No 0 1 1 Options 2 Handheld 2Mbps BER Tester No 0 1 1 3 Digital Multimeter No 0 1 1 4 Ethernet Tester with dual port 10 100 ports No Mbps Ethernet option layer 1 amp layer 2 0 1 1 functionality Note The testing capacity of SDH analyser shall be provided according to offered SDH equipme
266. proven version available at the time of contract approval Installed demonstration for acceptance shall be required All firmware provided shall support its fully equipped intended functional requirements without additional rewrite or programming Section 03 Page 28 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region All software shall be easily user expandable to accommodate the anticipated system growth as defined in this specification Reassembly recompilation or revision upgrades of the software or components of the software shall not be necessary to accommodate full system expansion Software provided shall be compliant with national and international industry standards 3 11 5 Database s The contractor shall develop all the databases for final wideband network following the global acronyms for all stations Database s to be provided shall contain all structure definitions and data for the integrated functional requirements of TMN system TMN operator Groups shall share the same virtual database This means that they shall share the same database and database manager whether or not physically separate databases are maintained 3 11 6 Help All applications shall be supported by USER accessible HELP commands that shall assist the user in
267. r Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region through final acceptance and maintenance on all new equipment through the warranty period and for a period of six 6 years after warranty period 26 Availability of service spare and expansion parts for the supplied items for the designed life of the item or seven 7 years after the declaration of withdrawal of equipment from production whichever is earlier However the termination of production shall not occur prior to Operational Acceptance of the system by the Employer 27 Notification services for field updates to the hardware software and firmware for ensuring the availability of the supplied hardware amp software including NMS for the entire lifespan 28 Integration with existing PDH equipments MUX Drop Insert DACS with new provided equipments MUX Drop Insert DACS SDH 29 For any renovation expansion or construction of facilities required to be carried out by Employer the Contractor shall provide in the survey report the details necessary to enable such work to be carried out 30 Assessment of suitability for live line installation of overhead FO cable on the present infrastructure towers etc 31 Design and Installation of the mechanical assemblies and accessories including vibration dampers required for installation of all overhead fibre cable To conduct structural analysis and t
268. r Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 9 1 Suggested Progress Review Meeting Agenda Meeting Minutes Review minutes from previous meeting with comments Open Action Items Review all outstanding action items 3 Progress Review Review with participating Project Managers and Contractor most recent project schedule Update schedule and develop Action Items Technical Discuss Technical Issues Discussion Action Items Assign responsibilities for new action items Administrative Discuss administrative matters Matters Action Items Assign responsibilities for action items Next Meeting Schedule time and place for next meeting and agree on agenda 9 4 Implementation Plan The implementation of integrated wideband telecommunication system network with procurement under multiple Contracts and involvement of multiple agencies requires careful planning and co ordination Consequently this section describes the Employer s phased implementation strategy for the Communication Equipment Package of the project that is consistent with implementation plans of other package s The Bidders shall propose preliminary implementation plans that will follow the above approach The Employer and the Contractor shall finalise the detailed implementation plan following the award of the contract Section 9 Page 12 of 14
269. r cabling other Set i et 1 0 hardware amp accessories including sub racks patch cords DDF etc fully equipped excluding II and III below Il Optical Interfaces SFP for a S1 1 No 1 0 1 b S4 1 No 1 0 1 c 14 1 No 1 0 1 d L4 2 No 1 0 1 Appendix B Page 9 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region a 6 S NO Item Description Unit cs g x ad O e Optical Line Interface card to support up to No i 0 i 150 kms f Optical Line Interface card to support from No i 0 i 176Km to 200 Km lll Tributary Cards a E1 Interface card Minimum 16 interfaces per No 0 i card b Ethernet interfaces 10 100 Mbps with Layer 2 No i 0 i switching Minimum 4 interfaces per card 2 0 Termination Equipment DROP Insert Multiplexer A1 Common cards Power supply cards power Set 2 2 4 cabling other hardware amp accessories each A2 Subscriber Line Interface Cards a 2 wire sub sub voice channel cards min 8 No 5 4 channels per card c 4 wire E amp M voice channel cards min 8 No 9 9 4 channels per card d Asynchronous Sub Channels data cards No 2 2 4 V 24 V 28 minimum 4 channels per card C Digital Access Cross Connect Switch
270. r requirements specified Each course participant shall receive individual copies of training manuals and other pertinent material at least two weeks prior to the start of each course The Employer Owner shall retain the master and two additional copies of all training manuals and materials as reference documentation A complete set of instructor s manuals and training aids shall also be provided Upon completion of each course instructor s manuals training manuals and training aids shall become the property of the Employer As part of the delivered system documentation and the final documentation the Contractor shall supply the Employer with all changes and revisions to the training manuals and other training documentation The Employer reserves the right to copy all training manuals and aids for use in the Employer conducted training courses The Contractor shall furnish for use during training courses all special tools equipment training aids and any other materials required to train course participants 7 1 6 4 Specialisation Certificates The trainees shall undergo performance evaluation tests during the courses The Contractor is required to provide certificates to individual trainees providing the list of activities for which he she has been trained 7 2 Support Services Throughout design implementation factory testing and field installation and testing the Contractor shall supply consulting assistance as required by the Empl
271. randed conductors and Table 2 2 a OPGW Mechanical and Electrical Characteristics In addition the basic construction shall include bare concentric lay stranded metallic wires with the outer layer having left hand lay The wires may be of multiple layers with a combination of various metallic wires within each layer The direction of lay for each successive layer shall be reversed The finished wires shall contain no joints or splices unless otherwise agreed to by the Employer and shall conform to all applicable clauses of IEC 61089 as they pertain to stranded conductors The wires shall be so stranded that when the complete OPGW is cut the individual wires can be readily regrouped and then held in place by one hand 2 1 2 8 3 Breaking Strength The rated breaking strength of the completed OPGW shall be taken as no more than 90 percent of the sum of the rated breaking strengths of the individual wires calculated from their nominal diameter and the specified minimum tensile strength The rated breaking strength shall not include the strength of the optical unit The fibre optic unit shall not be considered a load bearing tension member when determining the total rated breaking strength of the composite conductor Section 02 Page 9 of 17 F 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwav
272. rating other output conditions remaining within specified limits Section 04 Page 9 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region The current sharing shall be within 10 of the average current per rectifier module individual capacity of each rectifier module in the system mounted in the same or different Panels when loaded between 50 to 100 of its rated capacity for all other working conditions 4 1 18 Protection The SMPS module which has failed for any reason shall be automatically isolated from the rest of the modules and an alarm shall be initiated for the failure 4 1 19 DC Over voltage protection DCPS shall be fitted with an internal over voltage protection circuit In case output DC voltage exceeds 57V or as per the recommendations of the manufacturer of batteries the over voltage protection circuit shall operate amp shut off the faulty module A tolerance of 0 25V is permitted in this case Shutting off of faulty SMPS module shall not affect the operation of other SMPS modules operating in the Panel Operation of over voltage shut down shall be suitably indicated and extended monitoring control unit The circuit design shall ensure protection against the discharge of the Battery through the SMPS module in any case Th
273. rds Each cabinet enclosure or cabinet enclosure group shall include suitable signal ground and safety earth networks The signal ground network shall terminate at a separate signal ground stud connection isolated from safety earth Each earth ground network shall utilize copper bus bars copper braids and or 16 sqmm or bigger earth cable All equipment earth ground connections shall be made directly to the equipment chassis utilizing grounding lugs and secured metal to metal with star washers Use of the enclosure frame skin or chassis mounting hardware as part of the earthing grounding networks is not acceptable The safety earth network shall be connected to earth ground at the safety earth stud The earth stud connection shall be sized for an external earthing cable equipped with a 2 0 solid copper lug secured metal to metal with star washers Primary AC feeds and distribution within enclosures requires earthing wire connection to the safety earth stud The safety earth and signal ground networks shall be inter connected only at the safety earth stud and signal ground stud The Contractor shall extend the existing station earth to the equipment room using suitable G I earthing strip 50 x 6 mm wherever required The Contractor is responsible for providing all required earthing grounding cable and installation Cabinet Enclosure and equipment safety earthing and signal grounding shall be subject to the Employer s approval
274. rdware configuration block diagrams and network subnetwork block flow diagrams shall be included to enhance the understanding of the overall capability incorporated into all network and sub network equipment The training shall be oriented to a user s point of view The Employer Owner users will include Section 07 Page 2 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region managers design amp planning personnel communication support staff and maintenance person nel As part of the proposal the Contractor shall identify the number of days deemed appropriate for this training In addition the contractor shall also provide the training on the DCPS amp Battery for the supplied system The training shall cover aspects covering installation testing amp commissioning of DCPS amp Battery Proper emphasis of the training shall be for effective operation amp maintenance of DCPS amp Battery on routine amp emergency basis by the Employer Owner s personnel The overview training shall be customized for the specific functions features and equipment purchased by the Employer Owner it shall not be a general presentation of the Contractor standard equipment repertoire Personnel assigned by the Contractor to implement the Employer s system sh
275. re fittings as may be required for 1 km of OPG W amp Approach Fibre Optic cabling Appendix B Page 8 of 14 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under k j Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 5 BOQ of Mandatory spares for Telecom Equipment a S NO Item Description Unit cs 9 Pr q oa O k 1 0 Transmission Equipment A SDH Equipment STM 4 ADM up to two directions I Base Equipment Common cards Cross Set connect control cards Optical base cards Power supply cards power cabling other i i hardware amp accessories including sub racks patch cords DDF etc fully equipped excluding II and Ill below Il Optical Interfaces SFP for a S1 1 No 0 1 1 b S41 No 1 1 2 c L4 1 No 1 1 2 d L4 2 No 1 1 2 e to support upto 150 kms for STM 4 No 1 1 2 f to support from 151 km to 175 km for STM 4 No 0 1 1 Ill Tributary Cards a E1 Interface card Minimum 16 interfaces per No 9 2 card b Ethernet interfaces 10 100 Mbps with Layer 2 No switching Minimum 4 interfaces per card B SDH Equipment STM 4 ADM more than two directions I Base Equipment Common cards Cross connect control cards Optical base cards Power supply cards powe
276. rformance amp safety checks applied to installation equipment tools amp tackles checks check on physical health amp training records of installation crew etc b The list of Site Acceptance tests including statement of acceptance criteria The inclusion of list of site acceptance tests in FQP is analogous to the inclusion of list of FAT in the MQP The formats for recording amp reporting Site acceptance tests can also be reproduced Approach Cable Approach cable This document shall describe Installation the general approaches to be Document adopted for installation of General Approach cables for example the document shall try to answer questions such as whether cable trenches or cable raceways shall be used Or whether any conduits ducts Section 8 Page 10 of 13 E Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 8 1 Documentation Plan for Communication Equipment Package Document Applicable Equipments Brief Description Category Item of Approva l will be used if so of what type etc This document shall describe all allowable alternative installation methodologies such that the actual implementation at a particular site shall be one or a combination of the methods described The approach followed at
277. rminal Multiplexer TM as well as ADM with software settings only SDH ADM The aggregate interfaces shall be at least STM 4 622 Mbit s towards at least two directions Protected as specified in this specifications At present the equipment shall be equipped with a 2 nos min 16 E 1 port electrical tributary cards amp one no min 4 port Ethernet interface card as tributaries The Equipment shall provide access to full STM4 payload 3 3 1 2 Redundancy and Protection Two fibre rings shall be implemented wherever the network permits On linear sections of the network protected links using 4 fibres shall be implemented 3 3 1 3 Service Channel Service channels shall be provided as a function of the SDH equipment and shall be equipped with Service Channel Muldems that shall provide at a minimum One voice channel order wire with analog interface 0 3 to 3 4 kHz and one data channel Both omnibus and selective calling facilities shall be provided There shall be a facility to extend the line system order wire to any other system or exchange lines on 2W 4W basis 3 3 1 4 Supervision and Alarms ISM In Service Monitoring circuitry shall be provided as a function of the SDH equipment Local visual alarm indicators shall be provided on the equipment as a rack summary alarm panel Alarms shall be as per ITU T Standards G 774 G 783 and G 784 Additionally F2 Q2 interfaces for a local craftsperson terminal interface and remote equipment
278. rowave links in North Eastern Region 1 5 Indoor cabling Checking terminations re kroning if necessary during semi annual troubleshooting site visits It shall also be checked during troubleshooting site visits if it is the probable cause of faults 1 6 Out door cabling Checking terminations re kroning if necessary during semi annual troubleshooting site visits It shall also be checked during troubleshooting site visits if it is the probable cause of faults 1 8 Fibre Optic Cable Checking with OTDR and advice Rectification if fault is found to be in the approach cable patch cord etc up to DDF 2 Main Equipment 2 1 PDH MUX amp Faulty equipment to be replaced at site as per conditions Digital Cross of Maintenance Plan Connect 2 2 Fibre Optic Faulty equipment to be replaced at site as per conditions terminal SDH of Maintenance Plan 2 3 GPS Clock Faulty equipment to be replaced at site as per conditions of Maintenance Plan Contractor shall be responsible for providing hardware if required during maintenance without any additional cost implication to Employer 2 4 NMS of SDH 2 4 1 Computer hardware Faulty equipment to be replaced at site as per conditions and Routers of Maintenance Plan Comprehensive maintenance with hardware suppliers to be tied up by the Contractor Contractor shall be responsible for providing all hardware amp software required during maintenance
279. rrected and tested at a mutually agreed upon time e g at the end of the test or later in the test period prior to shipment A variance status summary shall be included in the monthly project progress reports and up to date variance reports shall be made available to the Employer on demand The variance recording and tracking system shall be subject to approval by the Employer 9 1 4 4 Additional Quality Assurance Requirements The Employer shall have access to the Contractor s premises at any mutually agreed time and be provided access to inspect and assess the quality system should any specific need arise The Employer shall also be able to conduct on site reviews as mutually agreed The Employer shall have access to any relevant documentation for verification that quality procedures are in accordance with the contract specific quality plan 9 1 5 Software Configuration Management All software development performed by the Contractor shall be under a formal documented software configuration management procedure The procedure shall encompass the following aspects a Inventory control b Version control c Change control d Build management The software configuration management scheme shall be managed by a designated software administrator s In case the software is already a developed product software configuration management shall begin at the time software is initially installed on the system In case of new or Sec
280. s Method E18B The Sheave dia shall be based on the pulling angle and the minimum pulley dia employed during installation All fibres of the test cable sample shall be spliced together in serial for attenuation monitoring 8 Crush Test IEFE 1138 IEFE 1138 2009 The crush test shall be 2009 carried out on a sample of IEC 60794 1 2 approximately one 1 metre Method E3 long in accordance with IEC EIA TIA 455 41B 60794 1 2 E3 A load equal to 1 3 times the weight of a 400 metre length of fibre optic cable shall be applied for a period of 10 minutes A permanent or temporarily increase in optical attenuation value greater than 0 1 dB change in sample shall constitute failure The load shall be further increased in small Section 06 Page 19 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd g Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 6 9 Type tests for OPGW Cable S No Test Name Test Test Procedure Description increments until the measured attenuation of the optical waveguide fibres increases and the failure load recorded along with results 9 Impact Test IEFE 1138 TEEE 1138 2009 The impact test shall be 2009 IEC 60794 1 2 carried out in accordance E4 EIA TIA 455 with IEC 60794 1 2 E4 Five 25B separate impacts of
281. s Construction Page 6 of 13 E Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 8 1 Documentation Plan for Communication Equipment Package Document Applicable Equipments Brief Description Category Item of Approva l Standard Installation Maintenance Documents Reference etc for that product A set of product brochures photographs etc Previous type For all items for which type Shall be complete in all respect test reports testing is envisaged including all test graphs curves calculations photographs etc Type test procedures Manufacturing Quality Plan Type test schedule Link and site For each Fibre Optic link and Link wise survey reports as per survey reports site specifications i amp engineering calculations etc analysis 3 Bill of Quantity For each items and each line Ooo S l il es 14 Numbering As applicable Must include numbering Marking marking labelling and naming labeling conventions for channels Document cabels connectors subracks cubicles etc 15 Physical As applicable Must contain data gathered planning site during the site survey preparation including test results if any manuals The document shall also contain floor plan cable trenching raceway drawings st
282. s shall be conducted by personnel who speak understandable English and who are experienced in instruction All necessary training material shall be provided by the Contractor The training charges quoted by the Contractor shall include training materials and all associated expenses However for all training courses in India or abroad the travel e g airfare and per diem expenses of the participants will be borne by the respective Employer Owner For courses conducted abroad however the Contractor shall extend all necessary assistance for making appropriate lodging arrangement Hands on training shall be with equipment identical to that being supplied to the Employer Owner The schedule location and detailed training contents shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Employer Owner for approval 7 1 1 System Design amp Overview Training This training shall provide a functional description of the telecommunication subsystems for both fibre optic transmission system and Termination equipment system and a discussion of the failover and alternate routing schemes inherent in the configuration The training shall include an overview of the network configuration and indicate the functional responsibilities of all major subsystems including the network monitoring system hardware and software The training shall highlight all significant methodologies or concepts utilized by the hardware and software to perform the required functions High level ha
283. s shall provide for at least one 1 metre of fibre unit service loop between the stripped cable and the bare fibre fan out d Pigtail Service Loops Connectorised pigtails spliced to bare fibres shall provide at least 1 metre of service loop installed in the FODP fibre organizer and at least one 1 metre of service loop to the couplings neatly stored behind the FODP coupling panels e Fibre Service Loops At least 0 5 metre of bare fibre service loop shall be provided on each side of all fibre splices The bare fibre service loops shall be neatly and safely installed inside covered splice trays 2 1 8 Methodology for Installation and Termination All optical fibre cable termination installation stringing and handling plans guides and procedures and engineering analysis e g tension sag vibration etc shall be submitted to the Employer for review and approval in the engineering design phase of the project prior to establishing the final cable lengths for manufacture Installation procedures including details of personnel and time required shall be documented in detail and submitted to Employer for approval All installation practices shall be field proven and ISO accredited All cable segments shall include service loops as specified in this specifciation The maximum allowable stringing tension maximum allowable torsional shear stress crush strength and other physical parameters of the cable shall not be exceeded The prev
284. s will be deployed at three 3 locations one person each at Shillong Badarpur Mariyani this however does not relieve contractor from its obligation to maintain required system availability of 99 9 for Fibre Optic System Accordingly Contractor shall asses the actual manpower requirement and place them suitably at other locations if required The exact location for deploying engineer shall be finalised during detailed engineering The central control and monitoring of communication system will be performed from Shillong by means of the centralized NMS The other locations will work under the control instruction of the co ordinator located in Shillong Page 10 of 30 Section 07 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region A 1 2 MONITORING Network will be monitored by POWERGRID through centralized NMS to be located at Shillong Network Monitoring Team NMT whenever notices any fault abnormality in the system shall notify to the Contractor s maintenance Co ordinator at Shillong over phone with an event no An event report shall be generated by POWERGRID as per the enclosed formats On issuance of Event report may be recorded over phone in case of non availability of Contractor s representative at Shillong by NMT corrective action s shall be
285. same terms and conditions 7 5 Miscellaneous Supplies The Contractor shall provide all required consumable and non consumable supplies necessary to support all installation and test activities through final operational acceptance However if there are any problems in the SAT and additional consumables are required the same shall also be supplied by the Contractor free of cost Section 07 Page 9 of 30 Section 07 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Technical Specifications for Maintenance after operational acceptance during maintenance period A 1 0 GENERAL The Contractor shall be responsible for comprehensive maintenance of the all the communication equipment DCPS amp Battery system supplied amp installed under this Contract The maintenance contract shall commence after completion of the project i e after Operational Acceptance Communication network amp BOQ is given in Appendices There may be some variation during detailed engineering Contractor shall meet system availability of 99 9 for fibre optic system Contractor will have to make their own assessment of the network and deploy manpower accordingly However it is to be ensured that specified manpower of requisite qualification are deployed Availability calculation shall b
286. scriber channel level E 1 channel plan etc and equipment configuration iii System wide synchronization iv Consolidated floor plans indicating the location to be approved by the Employer of supplied equipment as well as the equipment which interfaces are required provided v Necessary programming modifications to ensure compatibility between signaling for voice channels interfaces with other equipment such as PABX etc vi The contractor shall integrate new termination equipment sub system with the existing termination equipment Alternatively contractor may also provide any other solution for seamless transmission of communication channels 1 4 2 Details of Existing Equipment The make model number of the existing equipment are as under 1 Multiplexer Equipment Make ABB Model FOX515 2 Drop Insert Multiplexer Equipment Make ABB Model FOXS515 3 DACS Equipment Make ABB Model FOX515 Separate DACS Equipment not used 4 SDH Equipment Make Siemens Model SMA 1 4 5 Network Management System of ABB amp Siemens 1 4 3 Synchronization of the Communication Network The existing communication network is synchronized with external GPS clock located at RLDC Shillong The Contractor shall be responsible for synchronization of new communication equipment with existing network utilizing the existing clock The Contractor shall make an assessment of additional slave clock requirement for synchronization of the co
287. sion test The splice enclosure with optical fibres cable installed and fibres spliced fixed shall be subjected to 24 hours of simulated rain in accordance with IEC 60060 testing requirements No water seepage or moisture shall be detected in the splice enclosure The attenuation variation of the fibres after the test shall be less than 0 05dB iv Vibration Test The splice enclosure with fibres united inside shall be subjected to vibrations on two axes with a frequency scanning of 5 to 50 Hz The amplitude of the vibrations shall be constant at 0 450mm peak to peak for 2 hours for each of the vibrations axes The variation in attenuation of the fibres shall be less than 0 05dB The splice enclosure shall be examined for any defects or deformation There shall be no loosening or visible damage of the FO cable at the entry point v Bending and Torsion test The splice enclosure with fibres spliced inside shall be firmly held in place and be subjected to the following sequence of mechanical stresses on the cable a 3 torsion cycles of 180 shall be exercised on the cable Each cycle shall be less than one minute b 3 flexure cycles of the cable of 180 with one cycle less than one minute The variation in the attenuation of the fibres shall be less than 0 05dB The cables connection ring shall remain securely fixed to the box with the connection maintained firmly No defects fissures shall be noted on the joint ring or
288. solvent free ink amp latest UV Technology making it environment friendly printing with a WIPE RESISITANCE according to DIN EN 61010 1 VDE 0411 1 and get it approved from the Employer A cabling diagram screen printed or any other better arrangement ensuring better life expectancy shall be placed in the inside of the front door or any other convenient place for ready reference of the maintenance staff 4 1 7 Name Plate A name plate etched engraved anodized or any other better arrangement ensuring better life expectancy shall be suitably fixed on each panel module and contain at least the following information Section 04 Page 5 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region a Specification Number b Type of the Unit c Manufacturer s Name and identification d Model No e Unit serial No f Input voltage and phase g Output Voltage and Current h Year of manufacture 4 1 8 System and Panel Configuration The mechanical and electrical requirements of the Panel are described as below 4 1 9 System Configuration The SMPS modules shall be accommodated in panels The system shall employ a modular configuration to provide flexibility keeping in view the future load requirements of DC Power The system shall be configured
289. ssigned Contractor personnel k Subsystem involved l Test name where applicable m Description up to five lines in a full printout and part of the first line in a one line per variance printout n Urgency description 1 2 or 3 The variance recording and tracking system shall allow full printouts of all of the above information condensed printouts of abbreviations of the above information one line per variance and shall produce subsets of the variances based on searches of the fields singly or in combinations For example it shall be possible to produce a printout of all the variances and Section 9 Page 5 of 14 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region only those variances that were at level 1 of 2 urgency concerning a specific named subsystem had open or assigned status and were initiated within a named period Depending on its impact each variance shall be assigned to one of three urgency levels by the Contractor with the Employer having level assignment approval rights level 1 Testing will stop for immediate evaluation and correction by the Contractor level 2 Testing will continue and the variance will be corrected at the end of the current session or day level 3 Testing will continue and the variance will be co
290. st information shall be posted inside each distribution panel door Inter rack and intra rack enclosure power distribution shall be clearly identified with source feed voltage and power rating information All power feed cabling shall be clearly identified near the point of termination All power distribution identification shall utilize heat resistant permanent marking techniques such as stamped non metallic tags embossed labels etc Marking techniques are subject to approval by the the Employer Power distribution identifiers and information shall agree with the Contractor s power cable plant drawings 5 3 1 3 Signal Cabling Connectorised signal cabling wiring requires marking with a unique identifier at each connectorised end The signal cable wire identifier shall include a cable identifier and the location of both terminations Signal cable wiring installed on terminal blocks requires marking with the cable identifier and distant end location The cable tag shall be clearly visible at the cable fanout point All signal cable wiring and terminations shall be clearly labelled tagged with identifiers consistent with Contractor supplied cable plant records Marking techniques are subject to approval by the Employer 5 3 1 4 Equipment Racks and Enclosures All equipment racks enclosures and equipment including distribution frames shall be clearly labelled with unique identifiers consistent with Contractor supplied floor plans and ra
291. stem This HVD protection shall protect the SMPS modules of DCPS system against the sustained over voltage at the input There shall be an automatic arrangement for shutting off of the SMPS module whenever the input voltage is beyond the specified operating limits with suitable alarm indication The SMPS module shall resume normal working automatically when the input is restored within the working limits Hysteresis within specified working limits shall not cause shutting down of the SMPS A tolerance of 5V may be acceptable for protection amp alarm operation 4 1 12 DC output Characteristics of Modules The module shall be capable of operating in Auto Float cum Boost Charge mode depending on the condition of the battery sets being sensed by the Control unit a The float voltage shall be continuously adjustable amp pre settable at any value in the range of 48 to S6V or as per battery manufacturer recommendations either at the module or may be set from the common controller configuration Further the prescribed float voltage setting shall be based on recommendations of the battery supplier b In Boost charge mode DCPS shall supply battery amp equipment current till terminal voltage reaches set value as recommended by the battery supplier amp shall change over to constant voltage mode c The DC output voltage variation shall not be more than 2 for load variation from 25 load to full load 4 1 13 Current Limiting Vo
292. t Operation without Damage Low temperature tests shall be conducted as defined in IEC Publication 60068 2 1 test method Ad with the following specifications 1 Test Duration The equipment is started up as soon as thermal equilibrium has been reached and operated for 72 hours Its performance is checked during the test and after the test as soon as the thermal equilibrium is reached at the room temperature Post test 2 Degree of Severity Test shall be done at 10 C 3 Acceptance Criteria Degradation of performance is allowable during the test however there shall be no degradation of performance in the post test c Dry Heat Test Operation to Specifications Dry heat test shall be done as defined in IEC Publication 60068 2 2 test method Bd with the following specifications 1 Test Duration The equipment is started up as soon as thermal equilibrium Section 06 Page 10 of 42 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under T Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 2 3 has been reached and operated for 96 hours Its performance is checked during the test Degree of Severity As per table 5 1 operation to specification range Acceptance Criteria No degradation of performance during and after the test d Dry Heat Test Operation without Damage Dry heat
293. t Max Allowable Tension MAT is less than or equal to the cable strain margin The everyday tension EDT shall not exceed 20 of the UTS for the OPGW cable The Sag tension chart of OPGW cable indicating the maximum tension cable strain and sag shall be calculated and submitted along with the bid under various conditions mentioned below ON eS 53 C no wind and no ice 32 C no wind and no ice 0 C no wind and no ice 32 C full wind and no ice 32 C 75 full wind and no ice 0 C 2 3 36 of full wind IS 802 1977 1995 The above cases shall be considered for the spans from 100 m to 600 m or higher span length in the range of 50 m spans Max vertical sag max tension and max sag at 0 C amp no wind shall be considered for in line with the design parameter of transmission line The typical details are indicated in the Appendices The full wind load shall be considered as the design wind load for all the specified transmission lines as per relevant IS 802 version and the sag tension chart shall be submitted considering the transmission lines The Contractor shall submit the stringing chart for review of Employer 2 1 2 6 Cable Materials The materials used for optical fibre cable construction shall meet the following requirements Section 02 Page 6 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Opti
294. t are being produced tested integrated for the fibre optic communication network shall be available to the Employer At all times the Employer shall have full facilities for unrestricted inspection of such materials or equipment To facilitate this the Contractor shall submit for the Employer approval a comprehensive Quality Assurance Plan using ISO 9000 as a general guideline In addition the Quality Assurance Plan shall satisfy the following a Sufficient office facilities equipment and documentation necessary to complete all inspections and to verify that the equipment is being fabricated and maintained in accordance with the Specification shall be provided by the Contractor to the Employer b Inspections to be performed by the Employer will include visual examination of hardware cable dressings and labelling Contractor s documentation will also be examined to verify that it adequately identifies and describes all offered items and spare parts c Access to inspect the Contractor s standards procedures and records that are applicable to the supplied equipment shall be provided to the Employer Documents will be inspected to verify that the Contractor has performed the required quality assurance activities d The inspection rights described above shall also apply to sub Contractors who are responsible for supplying major components described in this Specification These items shall be inspected and tested at the sub Contractor
295. t chassis via earthing lug and star washer Use of the enclosure frame skins or chassis mounting hardware for the earthing network is not acceptable 4 3 Temperature Compensation for Battery There shall be provision for monitoring the temperature of battery and consequent arrangement for Automatic temperature compensation of the SMPS output voltage to match the battery temperature dependant charge characteristics The output voltage of the rectifier in Float Charge operation shall decrease or increase at the rate of 72 mV 3mV cell 24 cell battery per degree increase or decrease in temperature over the set voltage or as may be recommended by the VRLA Battery supplier A tolerance of 5mV may be acceptable over the specified rate of 72 mV degree C The output voltage shall decrease till the open circuit voltage of the battery is reached The open circuit voltage range shall be settable between 2 1 V cell to 2 2V cell The increase in output voltage due to decrease in temperature has been taken care of by the tripping of the unit due to output voltage high 57V protection Failure of temperature compensation circuit including sensors shall create an alarm and shall not lead to abnormal change in output voltage The nominal distance between the battery amp DCPS system may be 20 metres The Contractor shall provide the necessary sensor and cord for the purpose with DCPS system Section 04 Page 13 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volu
296. t fade during fibre preparation for termination or splicing Each cable shall have traceability of each fibre back to the original fibre manufacturer s fibre number and parameters of the fibre If more than the specified number of fibres are included in any cable the spare fibres shall be tested by the cable manufacturer and any defective fibres shall be suitably bundled tagged and identified at the factory by the vendor 2 1 2 4 Buffer Tube Loose tube construction shall be implemented The individually coated optical fibre s shall be surrounded by a buffer for protection from physical damage during fabrication installation and operation of the cable The fibre coating and buffer shall be strippable for splicing and termination Each fibre unit shall be individually identifiable utilizing colour coding Buffer tubes shall be filled with a water blocking gel 2 1 2 5 Optical Fibre Strain amp Sag tension chart The fibre optic cable shall be designed and installed such that the optical fibres experience no strain under all loading conditions defined in IS 802 Zero fibre strain condition shall apply even after a 25 year cable creep For the purpose of this specification the following definitions shall apply e Maximum Working Tension MWT is defined as the maximum cable tension at which there is no fibre strain Section 02 Page 5 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System
297. tablish and maintain the backbone topology and configuration information and provide graphical maps depicting the configurations Gather descriptive information about the current configuration of the equipment provide operator displays and prepare reports Page 23 of 29 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under T Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region d 3 7 3 2 Provide tools for planning establishing and changing the static equipment configuration Provide for changes to the equipment configuration in response to equipment failures planned upgrades and operator requests to take equipment offline for testing Provide verification testing to support new equipment installation Fault Management Fault management is concerned with detecting diagnosing bypassing directing service restoration and reporting on all the backbone network equipment systems and links Minimum specific requirements that shall be satisfied include the following 3 7 3 3 Display equipment status in a consistent fashion regardless of the source of the data on a graphical topological map type display Status shall be displayed through the use of colours on links and nodes as well as through text Obtain status and detect faults through periodic polling processing of unsolicited alarms and error e
298. tarding material Terminal posts or any other metal part which is in contact with the electrolyte shall be made of the same alloy as that of the plates or of a proven material that does not have any harmful effect on cell performance Both ve and ve posts shall be clearly and unambiguously identifiable 4 4 1 7 Connectors Nuts amp Bolts Heat Shrinkable Sleeves Where it is not possible to bolt the cell terminals directly to assemble a battery separate non corroding lead or copper connectors of suitable size shall be provided to enable connection of the cells Copper connections shall be suitably lead coated to withstand corrosion due to sulphuric acid at a very high rate of charge or discharge Nuts and bolts for connecting the cells shall be made of copper brass or stainless steel Copper or brass nuts and bolts shall be effectively lead coated to prevent corrosion Stainless steel bolts and nuts can be used without lead coating All inter cell connectors shall be protected with heat shrinkable silicon sleeves for reducing the environmental impact including a corrosive environment 4 4 1 8 Flame Arrestors Each cell shall be equipped with a Flame Arrestor to defuse the Hydrogen gas escaped during charge and discharge Material of the flame arrestor shall not affect the performance of the cell 4 4 1 9 Battery Bank Stand All batteries shall be mounted in a suitable metallic stand frame The frame shall be properly painted with the acid
299. tection shall meet or exceed IP20 standards Equipment Cabinet Enclosure Construction a 2 3 Equipment cabinets enclosures shall be steel steel amp Aluminium extrusion fabricated and finished on all surfaces All metal and welds shall be thoroughly cleaned and sanded to obtain a smooth finish All surfaces shall be treated for rust and primed to form a bond between metal and the finish coats of paint Equipment cabinets enclosures shall be designed free standing but shall be mounted to the floor Cabinets enclosures shall have secure fitting lockable full length front doors for access to hardware and wiring Equipment covers for exposed components mounted inside cabinets are not required unless specifically recommended All doors and removable panels shall be fitted with long life rubber beading All panels shall be fabricated from minimum 2 0mm thickness steel sheet However for racks with load bearing Aluminium extrusion frame door panels and side panels may be fabricated from minimum 1 6mm thickness steel sheet and the top Page 6 of 10 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region amp bottom panels shall be fabricated from minimum 2 0mm thickness steel sheet 4 Equipment cabinets enclosures shall be dust and
300. tern Region 2 1 2 1 Transmission Line Details Typical details of transmission lines are indicated in the Appendices Any other details as required for cable design etc shall be collected by the Contractor during survey 2 1 2 2 Optical Fibre Cable Link Lengths The estimated optical fibre link lengths are provided in Appendices However the Contractor shall supply amp install the optical fibre cable as required based on detailed site survey to be carried out by the Contractor during the project execution The Contract price shall be adjusted accordingly For the purpose of payment the optical fibre link lengths are defined as transmission line route lengths from Gantry at one terminating station to the Gantry in the other terminating station The actual cable lengths to be delivered shall take into account various factors such as sag service loops splicing working lengths amp wastage etc and no additional payment shall be payable in this regard The unit rate for FO cable quoted in the Bid price Schedules shall take into account all such factors 2 1 2 3 Optical Fibre Identification Individual optical fibres within a fibre unit and fibre units shall be identifiable in accordance with EIA TIA 598 or IEC 60304 or Bellcore GR 20 colour coding scheme Colouring utilized for colour coding optical fibres shall be integrated into the fibre coating and shall be homogenous The colour shall not bleed from one fibre to another and shall no
301. the computer hardware software which shall be upgraded periodically till the maintenance services contract in the bid Further to meet all the specifications requirements during implementation and maintenance if upgrade in the hardware software of supplied item is required the same shall be done by the contractor without any additional cost to the Employer General Site Considerations All fiber optic links up to 250 kms transmission line route length shall be implemented by the Contractor without repeaters In order to meet the link budget requirement the Contractor shall provide all the necessary equipments only in the end stations The contractor may provide the optical amplifier wave length translator optical cards or high capacity SDH equipment with suitable rack subrack to meet the maximum distance limit All the provided equipments shall be monitored by centralized NMS Proposed Optical Fibre Characteristics The characteristics of the fibre s being installed are provided in the table 3 1 a Section 03 Page 9 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd y Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 3 1 a DWSM Optical Fibre Characteristics Fibre Description Dual Window Single Mode Mode Field Diameter 8 6 to 9 5 um 0 6um Cladding Diameter 125 0 um 1 um C
302. the dimensions should be to the scale and in metric units The drawing revision level issue no issue date shall be marked on each drawing and the drawing shall carry issue history information and appropriate signatures eg originator checker and approving authority 8 6 Drawing and Document Approval Procedure The drawings documents submitted by the Contractor shall be reviewed by the Employer as far as practicable with in stipulated duration and shall be modified by the Contractor if any modifications and or corrections are required by the Employer in compliance with the Specifications The Contractor shall incorporate such modifications and or corrections and submit the final drawings for approval Any delays arising out of failure by the Contractor to rectify the drawings in good time shall not alter the contract completions date The drawings documents submitted for approval to the Employer shall be in triplicate One print of such drawings shall be returned to the Contractor by the Employer marked with one of the categories as listed below Category Inference Section 8 Page 3 of 13 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd E s Volume I Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Cat I Approved Released for implementation Cat II Approved Released for implementation subject to incorporation
303. thing wire consisting of a 1500 mm length of aluminium or aluminium alloy conductor equivalent in size to the OPGW shall be used to earth suspension and dead end clamp assemblies to the tower structure The earthing wire shall be permanently fitted with lugs at each end The lugs shall be attached to the clamp assembly at one end and the tower structure at the other d Structure Attachment Clamp Assemblies Clamp assemblies used to attach the OPGW to the structures shall have two parallel grooves for the OPGW one on either side of the connecting bolt The clamps shall be such that clamping characteristics do not alter adversely when only one OPGW is installed The tower attachment plates shall locate the OPGW on the inside of Section 02 Page 11 of 17 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region the tower and shall be attached directly to the tower legs cross members without drilling or any other structural modifications e Vibration Dampers Vibration dampers type 4R Stockbridge or equivalent having four 4 different frequencies spread within the Aeolian frequency bandwidth corresponding to wind speed of 1m s to 7 m s shall be used for suspension and tension points in each span The Contractor shall determine the exact numbers and placement s of vi
304. tion 02 Page 13 of 17 F 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 2 1 3 1 Optical Fibre Splices Splicing of the optical fibre cabling shall be minimized through careful Contractor planning There shall be no mid span splices allowed All required splices shall be planned to occur on tower structures All optical fibre splicing shall comply with the following a All fibre splices shall be accomplished through fusion splicing b Each fibre splice shall be fitted with a splice protection sheath fitted over the final splice c All splices and bare fibre shall be neatly installed in covered splice trays No more than six 6 fibres shall be installed in each splice tray d For each link bi directional attenuation of single mode fusion splices shall not average more than 0 05 dB and no single splice loss shall exceed 0 1 dB when measured at 1550 nm e For splicing fibre optic cable service loops of adequate length shall be provided so that all splices occurring at tower structures can be performed at ground level 2 1 4 Fibre Optic Approach Cables For purposes of this specification a fibre optic approach cable is defined as the Armoured underground fibre optic cable required to connect Overhead Fibre Optic Cable OPGW between the final
305. tion 9 Page 6 of 14 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd 2 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region continuing development software configuration management shall be immediately initiated during the earliest phases of development The administrator s shall work closely with the Contractor software staff and shall be responsible for enforcing the software management procedures 9 1 6 Document Review and Approval Rights To ensure that the proposed systems conform to the specific provisions and general intent of the Specification the Contractor shall submit documentation describing the systems to the Employer for review and approval The Employer will respond with written comments to the Contractor within thirty 30 calendar days after receipt of the documents Documents requiring correction must be resubmitted by the Contractor to the Employer within 30 calendar days The Employer will respond to resubmitted documents within fifteen 15 calendar days after receipt of the document No implementation schedule relief is to be implied for documents requiring correction and resubmission to the Employer The Employer shall have the right to require the Contractor to make any necessary documentation changes at no additional cost to the Employer to achieve conformance with the Specificati
306. tion System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region under this Specification The Employer shall be placed on the Contractor s mailing list to receive announcements of the discovery documentation and solution of hardware software problems as well as other improvements that could be made to supply equipment The service shall begin at the time of contract award and shall continue for 10 years The Contractor shall also include a subscription to the hardware subcontractors change notification service from the time of contract award through the warranty period with a Employer renewable option for extended periods 7 3 Spare Parts and Test Equipment The spare parts and test equipment shall be provided for each subsystem as described below 7 3 1 Mandatory Spare Parts Appendices provides the Mandatory Spare Parts Requirements described in subsystem sets The mandatory spare parts table represents the minimum spares the Contractor shall be required to supply The subsystem set of spare parts is defined to include all equipment modules subunits and parts required to effect replacement repair and restoration to full operational status of a defined unit of a subsystem 1 e SDH equipment Primary Mux Drop Insert DACS etc 7 3 2 Recommended Spare Parts List The bidder shall propose a comprehensive spare parts strategy The intent of the spare parts strategy is to ensure a readiness against unforeseen cabling system bre
307. tion in the network if end equipment for data speech does not communicate with corresponding equipment as and when required Planned visits shall mainly carried out during working days Event based work is to be carried out round the clock seven days a week A start status shall be jointly filled by POWERGRID amp Contractors representative at 10 00 Hrs of commencement date of maintenance contract Planned site visits shall be carried out twice in a year semi annually at all the sites in the network or time to time if speech data is affected at a particular site Thus ina year not less than two planned site visits to all locations will be undertaken Contractor will maintain record of events during the maintenance services simultaneously POWERGRID Constituent shall also record the events in the LOG BOOK available in the NMS control room Page 11 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region The tasks during the planned site visits for the system include but are not limited to following Visual inspection of equipment Alarm measurement verification Status report of site Updating of log records Cleaning the equipment Tightening of connectors Sealing of cabinets to arrest entry of rodents etc Measure
308. tion of India Ltd y Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 3 2 4 2 Equipment Capacities Equipment supplied shall be sized and equipped with sufficient capacity to support BoQ and configuration requirements as identified in the appendices Each subsystem supplied shall be sized to be equipped as specified to support full subsystem expansion Data communications channelization required to support the TMN subsystems specified in Technical Specifications TS are not identified in the appendices Therefore the Contractor is required to size and equip the system to include all channelization and channel cards required to support the TMN function 3 2 4 3 Redundancy Requirements and Protection Schemes Equipment redundancy and Automatic Protection Schemes APS are specified in the Table 3 1 The failure of one element shall not prevent the use of any other that has not failed Table 3 1 Equipment Redundancy Requirements Summary Fiber Optic transmission Equipment SDH equipment Power Supply amp Converters 1 1 APS or distributed power supply Common Control Cards 1 1 APS DACS Cross Connect Power Supply 1 1 APS or distributed power supply Common control cards 1 1 APS MUX DROP INSERT Power Supply 1 1 APS or distributed power supply Common control cards which are esse
309. to be used etc The training charges for this training course shall be separately identified in the Bid Price Schedules 7 1 3 Fibre Optic cable Installation and Maintenance Training There shall be installation amp maintenance training for Fibre Optic cable amp associated items The installation amp maintenance trainings shall enable the Employer to be self sufficient in preventive amp restorative maintenance of the Fibre Optic cable amp associated items purchased by the Employer The training courses shall cover Fibre Optic cable amp associated items installation testing amp commissioning preventive maintenance diagnostic tools and troubleshooting proce dures corrective maintenance for Fibre Optic cable The courses shall provide theoretical background and extensive hands on experience Section 07 Page 3 of 30 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region 7 1 4 Installation amp Maintenance Training of Communication Equipment amp DCPS There shall be separate modules of the installation amp maintenance training for the following systems 1 FO Transmission System Training 2 Termination Equipment System Training 3 DCPS amp Battery System The installation amp maintenance trainings shall enable the Employer Owner to
310. tor shall terminate on the equipment side of patching facilities provided by other contracts and shall provide DSX type patching facilities supporting aggregate bit streams i e dataplexers and E 1 Channel Banks Separate Patch panels or MDFs shall be provided for Data and Voice All cross connects shall be accomplished utilizing one two or three pair patch cords Patch plugs are permissible for direct one to one circuit cut thru 3 6 Patch Cords The Contractor has to supply FC PC coupled Patch cords as described in BOQ The Patch cord return loss shall be equal to or better than 40 dB and insertion loss equal to or less than 0 5 dB 3 7 Telecommunication Management Network Network Management System The Contractor shall provide a Telecommunications Management Network System TMN for operational support to the FOTS and associated Termination equipment subsystems This TMN shall provide the capability to monitor reconfigure and control elements of the telecommunications network from a centralized location and at each node of the network where equipment is located This TMN system shall assist Employer Owner in the operations and maintenance of the wideband communication resources of the including detection of degraded circuits system performance the diagnosis of problems the implementation of remedial actions and the allocation or reallocation of telecommunications resources and addition deletion of network elements The contractor sh
311. uipment in accordance with the following 1 All signal wiring connections to the communications equipment shall be via Krone type or equivalent terminal blocks 2 The Contractor shall provide subscriber level wiring and patching wherever required 5 3 4 Lightning and Transient Voltage Protection The Contractor shall be required to provide protection from lightning and transient voltages for all wideband communications equipment in accordance with the following Section 05 Page 7 of 10 1 2 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region At the outside cable plant point of entry of all cabling penetrations for all cabling installed by the Contractor the Contractor shall provide lightning and transient voltage isolation for the inside plants cabling wiring and all terminations and equipment All equipment installed under this specification that requires 240V AC primary power shall be surge protected 5 3 5 Station Safety Earthing and Signal Grounding For each facility the Contractor is responsible for meeting the following station and equipment earthing requirements 1 2 3 4 5 All safety earthing and signal grounding shall be in full compliance with EMI EMC requirements as per relevant international standa
312. uling are specified in this specification All documents shall be supplied in English As detailed in subsequent sections the documentation shall include the following a Detailed list of the deliverables b Description of the products c Technical particulars d Installation manuals e Maintenance manuals f Quality assurance manuals Manufacturing Quality Plan MQP amp Field Quality Plan FQP g Tests type test production FAT SAT documentation 8 1 System Functional Description Document The document shall include an overview of the system configuration This document shall be designed to serve as a complete introduction to the supplied system and to the more specific documents that are defined in technical specifications The document shall be oriented to the Employer user s point of view and be subject to the Employer s review and approval Users will include POWERGRID operating personnel communication support staff and maintenance personnel 8 2 System Documentation A detailed documentation plan and document submission schedule shall be prepared and submitted for approval The guidelines specified in table 8 1 and 8 2 shall be followed 8 3 Supplementary Documentation If during the training courses or while performing maintenance on such equipment during the watranty period the Employer determines that additional information is required to perform the maintenance function the Contractor and or its subcontract
313. uments Checklist shall be provided in the bid 3 The bidder shall submit with their proposal performance certificates for all the offered equipment i e SDH Multiplexer DCPS etc from at least one customer The performance certificates shall provide evidence of successful operation of the proposed equipment for at least one year as on date of bid opening 4 A commitment and a clearly defined plan to provide system support in India and capability of providing a full range of local services for the life of the delivered systems 5 The bidder may offer the bought out items from more than one manufacturer In case of QR items the bidder shall provide supporting qualification document also Table 1 1 Bid Documents Checklist Enclosure Reference Completed Data Requirement Sheets 1 Page no As per relevant Sections of Technical Specs Ref no Quality Assurance Program 2 i Page no As per relevant Sections of Technical Specs Ref no Technical brochures details of the offered 3 product Page no Ref no Section 01 Page 13 of 15 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Table 1 1 Bid Documents Checklist S No Description Enclosure Reference Performance Certificate Page no 4 Ref no 1
314. urses for a specified duration as described in Appendices 7 1 6 2 Training Schedule The Contractor shall provide training in a timely manner that is appropriate to the overall project schedule All training courses shall be available to the Employer Owner for a minimum of five years after final acceptance of the communication system The training courses shall be scheduled so that an individual trainee could attend every course The training shall be completed prior to the start of installation at site The Contractor shall take the above requirements into account in developing the preliminary training schedule Contractor shall develop a final training schedule in consultation with the Employer Owner after contract award 7 1 6 3 Manuals and Equipment The Contractor subcontractor or OEM shall prepare training manuals and submit them to the Employer for review at least one month prior to the start of training The training manuals shall be prepared specifically for use as training aids reference manuals maintenance manuals and user s manuals may be used as supplementary training material Principal documents used for Section 07 Page 5 of 30 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd j Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region training shall be tailored to reflect all the Employe
315. vents and periodic testing for connectivity Maintain an alarm summary of unacknowledged alarm events on the management station display and maintain a log of all received alarms The operator shall be able to acknowledge and clear alarms individually and as a group The use of alarm correlation techniques is encouraged to minimize the proliferation of alarms caused by a single common event All alarms shall be configurable as critical alarms major alarms and minor alarms with different colours Provide the capability to diagnose and isolate failures through analysis of error and event reports and through the use of both on line and off line diagnostic tests and display of monitored data The criteria for fail over shall be configurable as automatic fail over to redundant equipment wherever possible and through operator initiated actions where automatic fail over is not possible The status of fail over shall be reported to the NMS Track network equipment failure history Performance Management Performance management is concerned with evaluation of the use of network equipments and their capability to meet performance objectives Minimum specific requirements that shall be satisfied include the following a Section 03 Provide support for an operator to initiate collect and terminate performance metrics under both normal and degraded conditions For example BER of each Page 24 of 29 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k
316. volt D C as available at site for its operation as available at site 3 11 General Software Firmware Requirements Due to various alternative design approaches it is neither intended nor possible to specify all software and firmware characteristics It is the intent herein to provide design boundaries and guidelines that help to ensure a demonstrated integrated program package that is maintainable and meets both hardware systems requirements and the customer s operational requirements 3 11 1 Operating System Software Operating system software shall be provided to control the execution of system programs application programs management devices to allocate system resources and manage communications among the system processors The contractor shall make no modifications to the OEM s operating system except as provided as USER installation parameters 3 11 2 Applications Software All applications software shall be written in a high level programming language unless developed using industry proven application programs and development tools provided with the system The contractor shall make no modifications to the applications program except as provided as USER development tools 3 11 3 Software Utilities A utility shall be provided to convert all reports into standard PC application formats such as excel 3 11 4 Revisions Upgrades Maintainability All firmware and software delivered under this specification shall be the latest field
317. wing to defective workmanship or material as per the provisions of the bid document 4 4 1 1 Constructional Requirements The design of battery shall be as per field proven practices Partial plating of cells is not permitted Paralleling of cells externally for enhancement of capacity is not permitted Protective transparent front covers with each module shall be provided to prevent accidental contact with live module electrical connections 4 4 1 2 Containers The container material shall have chemical and electro chemical compatibility and shall be acid resistant The material shall meet all the requirements of VRLA batteries and be consistent with the life of battery The container shall be fire retardant and shall have an Oxygen Index of at least 28 The porosity of the container shall be such as not to allow any gases to escape except from the regulation valve The tensile strength of the material of the container shall be such as to handle the internal cell pressure of the cells in the worst working condition Cell shall not show any deformity or bulge on the sides under all working conditions The container shall be capable of withstanding the rigours of transport storage and handling The containers shall be enclosed in a Steel tray 4 1 1 3 Cell Covers The cell covers shall be made of suitable material compatible with the container material and permanently fixed with the container It shall be capable to withstand internal pressure without
318. xact rating is not available the Contractor shall submit type test reports for higher rating Battery Section 04 Page 17 of 17 E 3 Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd k 3 Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region Section 5 Environment EMI Power Supply Cabling and Earthing INDEX 5 1 Environmental Requirements iio cc2ccuiiiscvewssantetieatzceevasoecad bu iecndenasueendasabeceevetbecautaleeneeeate 5 1 1 Temperature and Humidity cceiccscsstvaccnnteienieuarenico cia earavicneoenneanne 5 1 2 EMI and Electrostatic Tnterierenee acc i cscaaiisuessosseestengseandniasveessuntencsvaseelaspaateaesaaveesoes 5 1 3 Vibration and Shock Resistance seeseeeeeeeeesseessesesesrseessseesstessesseessseeessresseesse 514 TropicalizatiON n sereia iaai an aa a Ae A AEAEE EE SL C onammnaNS es e n E E E lreerr ee re treet te 5 2 Primary Source AC DC Power Requirements 2 iccsicateneccvvecssseccaevvestesecesstecaumvtecencene 52 1 Primary Source AG POW i scsaces ccs osde ein eceaserds eniai aar EE EA EA 5 222 48V DC POWED oeoa ee Pn ne en Ee NS 5 2 3 Power Distribution and Protection sssssessseesssesssseeesseessetesessseresseessressresseeesserssee 5 3 Equipment Construction Assembly and Installation eee eeecceeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeneeeeaes Sl Identification esso r a E E e ET e Eri 5 3 1
319. y in the same volume and titled Alternatives A separate section titled Exceptions should be provided containing any discussion or explanation Bidder chooses to provide concerning exceptions taken Alternatives which do not substantially comply with the intent of the bid documents will be considered exceptions The Employer will assess the merits of each alternative and exception and will be the sole judge as to their acceptance 1 9 Organization of The Technical Specification Document Sections amp appendices of technical specifications provides the technical amp implementation Section 01 Page 14 of 15 E Power Grid Corporation of India Ltd N F Volume II Technical Specifications for Communication System Package under Establishment of Fibre Optic Communication System in lieu of existing ULDC Microwave links in North Eastern Region requirements of the Package Section 2 OPGW cabling and associated hardware amp fittings Section 3 Network Configuration and Equipment Characteristics Section 4 DC Power Supply System Section 5 Environment EMI Power Supply Cabling and Earthing Section 6 Inspection and testing requirements Section 7 Training and Support Services Section 8 Documentation amp deliverable requirements Section 9 Project management schedule and implementation requirements Appendix A General requirements amp Implementation Schedule Appendix B Bill of Quantity Appendix C Data Require

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

Acer KB.INT00.499  2RZ/3RZ SuperCharger Instructions  INDU-20 - Mikster  COMUNE DI GALATI MAMERTINO Schede di Sicurezza  Hampton Bay STR09 Instructions / Assembly  Victor M230 Instructions / Assembly  Telex 804-100A User's Manual  iHome IHM16  Waschtischarmatur Washbasin faucet Basin Mixer Håndvaskbatteri  Samsung SCH-B660 User Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file